• Theravāda Collection on Monastic Law Theravāda Vinayapiṭaka
  • The Great Division Mahāvagga

The great chapter 1. Mahākhandhaka

1. The account with the Bodhi tree 1. Bodhikathā

Homage to the Buddha, the Perfected One, the fully Awakened One Namo tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammāsambuddhassa.

Soon after his awakening, the Buddha was staying at Uruvelā on the bank of the river Nerañjara at the foot of a Bodhi tree. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. There the Buddha sat cross-legged for seven days without moving, experiencing the bliss of freedom. Atha kho bhagavā bodhirukkhamūle sattāhaṁ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṁvedī. Then, in the first part of the night, the Buddha reflected on dependent origination in forward and reverse order: Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paṭhamaṁ yāmaṁ paṭiccasamuppādaṁ anulomapaṭilomaṁ manasākāsi—

“Ignorance is the condition for intentional activities; intentional activities are the condition for consciousness; consciousness is the condition for name and form; name and form are the condition for the six sense spheres; the six sense spheres are the condition for contact; contact is the condition for feeling; feeling is the condition for craving; craving is the condition for grasping; grasping is the condition for existence; existence is the condition for birth; birth is the condition for old age and death, for grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress to come to be. “Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṁ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṁ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṁ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṁ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. This is how there is the origin of this whole mass of suffering. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.

But with the complete fading away and end of ignorance comes the end of intentional activities; with the end of intentional activities comes the end of consciousness; with the end of consciousness comes the end of name and form; with the end of name and form comes the end of the six sense spheres; with the end of the six sense spheres comes the end of contact; with the end of contact comes the end of feeling; with the end of feeling comes the end of craving; with the end of craving comes the end of grasping; with the end of grasping comes the end of existence; with the end of existence comes the end of birth; with the end of birth comes the end of old age and death, and the end of sorrow, lamentation, pain, aversion, and distress. Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. This is how there is the end of this whole mass of suffering.” Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī”ti.

Seeing the significance of this, the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation: Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—

“When things become clear “Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, To the energetic brahmin who practices absorption, Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa; Then all his doubts are dispelled, Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā, Since he understands the natural order and its conditions.” Yato pajānāti sahetudhamman”ti.

In the middle part of the night, the Buddha again reflected on dependent origination in forward and reverse order: Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā majjhimaṁ yāmaṁ paṭiccasamuppādaṁ anulomapaṭilomaṁ manasākāsi—

“Ignorance is the condition for intentional activities; intentional activities are the condition for consciousness; consciousness is the condition for name and form … “avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṁ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṁ …pe… This is how there is the origin of this whole mass of suffering. … evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti …pe… This is how there is the end of this whole mass of suffering.” nirodho hotī”ti.

Seeing the significance of this, the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation: Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—

“When things become clear “Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, To the energetic brahmin who practices absorption, Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa; Then all his doubts are dispelled, Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā, Since he’s understood the end of the conditions.” Yato khayaṁ paccayānaṁ avedī”ti.

In the last part of the night, the Buddha again reflected on dependent origination in forward and reverse order: Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā pacchimaṁ yāmaṁ paṭiccasamuppādaṁ anulomapaṭilomaṁ manasākāsi—

“Ignorance is the condition for intentional activities; intentional activities are the condition for consciousness; consciousness is the condition for name and form … “avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṁ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṁ …pe… This is how there is the origin of this whole mass of suffering. … evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti …pe… This is how there is the end of this whole mass of suffering.” nirodho hotī”ti.

Seeing the significance of this, the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation: Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—

“When things become clear “Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, To the energetic brahmin who practices absorption, Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa; He defeats the army of the Lord of Death, Vidhūpayaṁ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṁ, Like the sun beaming in the sky.” Sūriyova obhāsayamantalikkhan”ti.

The account with the Bodhi tree is finished. Bodhikathā niṭṭhitā.

2. The account with the goatherd’s banyan tree 2. Ajapālakathā

After seven days, the Buddha came out from that stillness and went from the Bodhi tree to a goatherd’s banyan tree. There too he sat cross-legged for seven days without moving, experiencing the bliss of freedom. Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā bodhirukkhamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā ajapālanigrodhamūle sattāhaṁ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṁvedī.

Then a brahmin devoted to mystical mantras went up to the Buddha, Atha kho aññataro huṁhuṅkajātiko brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. exchanged pleasantries with him, Upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. and said, Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Good Gotama, how is one a brahmin? What are the qualities that make one a brahmin?” “kittāvatā nu kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo hoti, katame ca pana brāhmaṇakaraṇā dhammā”ti?

Seeing the significance of this, the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation: Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—

“The brahmin who has shut out bad qualities, “Yo brāhmaṇo bāhitapāpadhammo, Who does not murmur mystical mantras, but is free from flaws and self-controlled, Nihuṁhuṅko nikkasāvo yatatto; Who has reached final knowledge and has fulfilled the spiritual life—Vedantagū vusitabrahmacariyo, He may rightly proclaim the highest doctrine, Dhammena so brahmavādaṁ vadeyya; Having no pride about anything in the world.” Yassussadā natthi kuhiñci loke”ti.

The account with the goatherd’s banyan tree is finished. Ajapālakathā niṭṭhitā.

3. The account with the powderpuff tree 3. Mucalindakathā

After seven days, the Buddha came out from that stillness and went from the goatherd’s banyan tree to a powderpuff tree. There too he sat cross-legged for seven days without moving, experiencing the bliss of freedom. Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā ajapālanigrodhamūlā yena mucalindo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā mucalindamūle sattāhaṁ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṁvedī.

Just then an unseasonal storm was approaching, bringing seven days of rain, cold winds, and clouds. Tena kho pana samayena mahā akālamegho udapādi, sattāhavaddalikā sītavātaduddinī. Mucalinda, the dragon king, came out from his abode. He encircled the body of the Buddha with seven coils and spread his large hood over his head, thinking, Atha kho mucalindo nāgarājā sakabhavanā nikkhamitvā bhagavato kāyaṁ sattakkhattuṁ bhogehi parikkhipitvā uparimuddhani mahantaṁ phaṇaṁ karitvā aṭṭhāsi—“May the Buddha not be hot or cold, nor be bothered by horseflies or mosquitoes, by the wind or the burning sun, or by creeping animals or insects.” “mā bhagavantaṁ sītaṁ, mā bhagavantaṁ uṇhaṁ, mā bhagavantaṁ ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphasso”ti.

After seven days, when he knew the sky was clear, Mucalinda unraveled his coils from the Buddha’s body and transformed himself into a young brahmin. He then stood in front of the Buddha, raising his joined palms in veneration. Atha kho mucalindo nāgarājā sattāhassa accayena viddhaṁ vigatavalāhakaṁ devaṁ viditvā bhagavato kāyā bhoge viniveṭhetvā sakavaṇṇaṁ paṭisaṁharitvā māṇavakavaṇṇaṁ abhinimminitvā bhagavato purato aṭṭhāsi pañjaliko bhagavantaṁ namassamāno.

Seeing the significance of this, the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation: Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—

“Seclusion is bliss for the contented “Sukho viveko tuṭṭhassa, Who sees the Teaching that they have learned. sutadhammassa passato; Kindness to the world is happiness, Abyāpajjaṁ sukhaṁ loke, For one who’s harmless to living beings. pāṇabhūtesu saṁyamo.

Dispassion for the world is happiness, Sukhā virāgatā loke, For one who overcomes worldly pleasures. kāmānaṁ samatikkamo; But removing the conceit ‘I am’, Asmimānassa yo vinayo, This, indeed, is the highest bliss.” etaṁ ve paramaṁ sukhan”ti.

The account with the powderpuff tree is finished. Mucalindakathā niṭṭhitā.

4. The account with the ape-flower tree 4. Rājāyatanakathā

After seven days, the Buddha came out from that stillness and went from the powderpuff tree to an ape-flower tree. There too he sat cross-legged for seven days without moving, experiencing the bliss of freedom. Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā mucalindamūlā yena rājāyatanaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā rājāyatanamūle sattāhaṁ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṁvedī.

Just then the merchants Tapussa and Bhallika were traveling from Ukkalā to that area. Tena kho pana samayena tapussa bhallikā vāṇijā ukkalā taṁ desaṁ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Then a god who was a former relative of theirs said to them, Atha kho tapussabhallikānaṁ vāṇijānaṁ ñātisālohitā devatā tapussabhallike vāṇije etadavoca—“Sirs, a Buddha who has just attained awakening is staying at the foot of an ape-flower tree. “ayaṁ, mārisā, bhagavā rājāyatanamūle viharati paṭhamābhisambuddho; Go to that Buddha and offer him crackers and honey. gacchatha taṁ bhagavantaṁ manthena ca madhupiṇḍikāya ca patimānetha; That will be for your benefit and happiness for a long time.” taṁ vo bhavissati dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā”ti.

And they took crackers and honey and went to the Buddha. They bowed down Atha kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. and said, Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—“Sir, please accept the crackers and honey from us. That will be for our benefit and happiness for a long time.” “paṭiggaṇhātu no, bhante, bhagavā manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca, yaṁ amhākaṁ assa dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā”ti.

The Buddha thought, Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—“Buddhas don’t receive with their hands. “na kho tathāgatā hatthesu paṭiggaṇhanti. In what should I receive the crackers and honey?” Kimhi nu kho ahaṁ paṭiggaṇheyyaṁ manthañca madhupiṇḍikañcā”ti?

Then, reading the mind of the Buddha, the four great kings offered him four crystal bowls from the four directions, saying, Atha kho cattāro mahārājāno bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya catuddisā cattāro selamaye patte bhagavato upanāmesuṁ—“Here, sir, please receive the crackers and honey in these.” “idha, bhante, bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu manthañca madhupiṇḍikañcā”ti. After receiving the crackers and honey in one of the valuable crystal bowls, the Buddha ate them. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā paccagghe selamaye patte manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca, paṭiggahetvā paribhuñji.

When Tapussa and Bhallika knew that the Buddha had finished his meal, they bowed down with their heads at his feet, and said, Atha kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ viditvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—“Sir, we go for refuge to the Buddha and the Teaching. Please accept us as lay followers who have gone for refuge for life.” “ete mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca, upāsake no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṁ gate”ti. By means of the double refuge, they became the first lay followers in the world. Te ca loke paṭhamaṁ upāsakā ahesuṁ dvevācikā.

The account with the ape-flower tree is finished. Rājāyatanakathā niṭṭhitā.

5. The account of the supreme being’s request 5. Brahmayācanakathā

After seven days, the Buddha came out from that stillness and went from the ape-flower tree to a goatherd’s banyan tree, Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā rājāyatanamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami. and he stayed there. Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā ajapālanigrodhamūle viharati. Then, while reflecting in private, the Buddha thought this: Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi—

“I have discovered this profound truth, so hard to see, so hard to comprehend. It’s peaceful and sublime, subtle, beyond the intellect, and knowable only to the wise. “adhigato kho myāyaṁ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. But human beings delight in holding on, find pleasure in holding on, rejoice in holding on, Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṁ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. and because of that it’s hard for them to see causal relationships, dependent origination. Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṁ idaṁ ṭhānaṁ yadidaṁ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo; This too is very hard for them to see: the stilling of all intentional activities, the giving up of all ownership, the stopping of craving, fading away, ending, extinguishment. idampi kho ṭhānaṁ sududdasaṁ yadidaṁ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṁ. If I were to teach this truth, others would not understand, and that would be wearying and troublesome for me.” Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṁ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā”ti.

And spontaneously, these verses never heard before occurred to the Buddha: Apissu bhagavantaṁ imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṁsu pubbe assutapubbā—

“What I’ve discovered with difficulty, “Kicchena me adhigataṁ, There’s no point in making it known. halaṁ dāni pakāsituṁ; For those overcome by sensual desire and ill will, Rāgadosaparetehi, This truth is hard to understand. nāyaṁ dhammo susambudho.

Those who are excited by sensual desire, Paṭisotagāmiṁ nipuṇaṁ, Obstructed by a mass of darkness, gambhīraṁ duddasaṁ aṇuṁ; Won’t see what goes against the stream, Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, What’s subtle and refined, profound and hard to see.” tamokhandhena āvuṭā”ti.

When the Buddha reflected like this, he inclined to inactivity, not to teaching. Itiha bhagavato paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṁ namati, no dhammadesanāya.

Just then the supreme being Sahampati read the mind of the Buddha. He thought, Atha kho brahmuno sahampatissa bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya etadahosi—“The world is lost; it’s perished!—for the Buddha, perfected and fully awakened, inclines to inaction, not to teaching.” “nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho loko, yatra hi nāma tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṁ namati, no dhammadesanāyā”ti.

Then, just as a strong man might bend or stretch his arm, Sahampati disappeared from the world of supreme beings and appeared in front of the Buddha. Atha kho brahmā sahampati—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi. He arranged his upper robe over one shoulder, placed his right knee on the ground, raised his joined palms, and said, Atha kho brahmā sahampati ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā dakkhiṇajāṇumaṇḍalaṁ pathaviyaṁ nihantvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Please teach, sir, please teach! “desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṁ, desetu sugato dhammaṁ. There are beings with little dust in their eyes who are ruined because of not hearing the Teaching. There will be those who understand.” Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro”ti.

This is what Sahampati said, and he added: Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṁ vatvāna athāparaṁ etadavoca—

“Earlier, among the Magadhans, “Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe, An impure teaching appeared, conceived by defiled people. Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito; Open this door to the freedom from death! Apāpuretaṁ amatassa dvāraṁ, Let them hear the Teaching, discovered by the Pure One. Suṇantu dhammaṁ vimalenānubuddhaṁ.

Just as one standing on a rocky mountain top Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito, Would see the people all around, Yathāpi passe janataṁ samantato; Just so, All-seeing Wise One, Tathūpamaṁ dhammamayaṁ sumedha, Ascend the temple of the Truth. Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu; Being rid of sorrow, look upon the people, Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko, Sunk in grief, overcome by birth and old age. Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṁ.

Stand up, Victorious Hero! Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma, Leader of travelers, wander the world without obligation. Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke; Sir, proclaim the Teaching; Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ, There will be those who understand.” Aññātāro bhavissantī”ti.

Twice the Buddha repeated to Sahampati what he had thought, and on both occasions Sahampati repeated his request. Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā brahmānaṁ sahampatiṁ etadavoca—“mayhampi kho, brahme, etadahosi—‘adhigato kho myāyaṁ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṁ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṁ idaṁ ṭhānaṁ yadidaṁ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo; idampi kho ṭhānaṁ sududdasaṁ yadidaṁ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṁ. Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṁ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’ti. Apissu maṁ, brahme, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṁsu pubbe assutapubbā—

‘Kicchena me adhigataṁ, halaṁ dāni pakāsituṁ; Rāgadosaparetehi, nāyaṁ dhammo susambudho.

Paṭisotagāmiṁ nipuṇaṁ, gambhīraṁ duddasaṁ aṇuṁ; Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, tamokhandhena āvuṭā’ti.

Itiha me, brahme, paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṁ namati no dhammadesanāyā”ti.

Dutiyampi kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—

“desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṁ, desetu sugato dhammaṁ; santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro”ti. Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṁ vatvāna athāparaṁ etadavoca—

“Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe, Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito; Apāpuretaṁ amatassa dvāraṁ, Suṇantu dhammaṁ vimalenānubuddhaṁ.

Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito, Yathāpi passe janataṁ samantato; Tathūpamaṁ dhammamayaṁ sumedha, Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu; Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko, Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṁ.

Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma, Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke; Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ, Aññātāro bhavissantī”ti.

Dutiyampi kho bhagavā brahmānaṁ sahampatiṁ etadavoca—“mayhampi kho, brahme, etadahosi—‘adhigato kho myāyaṁ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṁ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṁ idaṁ ṭhānaṁ yadidaṁ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo; idampi kho ṭhānaṁ sududdasaṁ yadidaṁ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṁ. Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṁ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’ti. Apissu maṁ, brahme, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṁsu pubbe assutapubbā—

‘Kicchena me adhigataṁ, halaṁ dāni pakāsituṁ; Rāgadosaparetehi, nāyaṁ dhammo susambudho.

Paṭisotagāmiṁ nipuṇaṁ, gambhīraṁ duddasaṁ aṇuṁ; Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, tamokhandhena āvuṭā’ti.

Itiha me, brahme, paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṁ namati, no dhammadesanāyā”ti.

Tatiyampi kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṁ, desetu sugato dhammaṁ. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro”ti. Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṁ vatvāna athāparaṁ etadavoca—

“Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe, Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito; Apāpuretaṁ amatassa dvāraṁ, Suṇantu dhammaṁ vimalenānubuddhaṁ.

Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito, Yathāpi passe janataṁ samantato; Tathūpamaṁ dhammamayaṁ sumedha, Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu; Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko, Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṁ.

Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma, Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke; Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ, Aññātāro bhavissantī”ti.

The Buddha understood the request of that supreme being. Then, with the eye of a Buddha, he surveyed the world out of compassion for sentient beings. Atha kho bhagavā brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṁ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṁ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokesi. He saw beings with little dust in their eyes and with much dust in their eyes, with sharp faculties and with dull faculties, with good qualities and with bad qualities, easy to teach and difficult to teach. He even saw some who regarded the next world as dangerous and to be avoided, while others did not. Addasā kho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante. It was just like blue, red, and white lotuses, sprouted and grown in a lotus pond: some remain submerged in the water without rising out of it, others reach the surface of the water, while others still rise out of the water without being touched by it. Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṁ vā paduminiyaṁ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṁ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni anto nimuggaposīni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni samodakaṁ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakaṁ accuggamma ṭhitāni anupalittāni udakena; evamevaṁ bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante; When he had seen this, the Buddha replied to Sahampati in verse: disvāna brahmānaṁ sahampatiṁ gāthāya paccabhāsi—

“The doors to the freedom from death are open! “Apārutā tesaṁ amatassa dvārā, May those who hear release their faith. Ye sotavanto pamuñcantu saddhaṁ; Seeing trouble, supreme being, Vihiṁsasaññī paguṇaṁ na bhāsiṁ, I did not speak the sublime and subtle Truth.” Dhammaṁ paṇītaṁ manujesu brahme”ti.

Sahampati thought, Atha kho brahmā sahampati—“The Buddha has consented to teach.” He bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and disappeared right there. “katāvakāso khomhi bhagavatā dhammadesanāyā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.

The account of the supreme being’s request is finished. Brahmayācanakathā niṭṭhitā.

6. The account of the group of five 6. Pañcavaggiyakathā

The Buddha thought, Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—“Who should I teach first? “kassa nu kho ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ? Who will understand this Teaching quickly?” Ko imaṁ dhammaṁ khippameva ājānissatī”ti? And it occurred to him, Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—“Ālāra Kālāma is wise and competent, and has for a long time had little dust in his eyes. “ayaṁ kho āḷāro kālāmo paṇḍito byatto medhāvī dīgharattaṁ apparajakkhajātiko; Let me teach him first. He will understand it quickly.” yannūnāhaṁ āḷārassa kālāmassa paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, so imaṁ dhammaṁ khippameva ājānissatī”ti.

But an invisible god informed the Buddha, “Sir, Ālāra Kālāma died seven days ago,” Atha kho antarahitā devatā bhagavato ārocesi—“sattāhakālaṅkato, bhante, āḷāro kālāmo”ti. and the Buddha also knew this for himself. Bhagavatopi kho ñāṇaṁ udapādi—“sattāhakālaṅkato āḷāro kālāmo”ti. He thought, Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—“Ālāra Kālāma’s loss is great. “mahājāniyo kho āḷāro kālāmo; If he had heard this Teaching, he would have understood it quickly.” sace hi so imaṁ dhammaṁ suṇeyya, khippameva ājāneyyā”ti.

Again the Buddha thought, Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—“Who should I teach first? “kassa nu kho ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ? Who will understand this Teaching quickly?” Ko imaṁ dhammaṁ khippameva ājānissatī”ti? And it occurred to him, Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—“Udaka Rāmaputta is wise and competent, and has for a long time had little dust in his eyes. “ayaṁ kho udako rāmaputto paṇḍito byatto medhāvī dīgharattaṁ apparajakkhajātiko; Let me teach him first. He will understand it quickly.” yannūnāhaṁ udakassa rāmaputtassa paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, so imaṁ dhammaṁ khippameva ājānissatī”ti.

But an invisible god informed the Buddha, “Sir, Udaka Rāmaputta died last night,” Atha kho antarahitā devatā bhagavato ārocesi—“abhidosakālaṅkato, bhante, udako rāmaputto”ti. and the Buddha also knew this for himself. Bhagavatopi kho ñāṇaṁ udapādi—“abhidosakālaṅkato udako rāmaputto”ti. He thought, Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—“Udaka Rāmaputta’s loss is great. “mahājāniyo kho udako rāmaputto; If he had heard this Teaching, he would have understood it quickly.” sace hi so imaṁ dhammaṁ suṇeyya, khippameva ājāneyyā”ti.

Once again the Buddha thought, Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—“Who should I teach first? “kassa nu kho ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ? Who will understand this Teaching quickly?” Ko imaṁ dhammaṁ khippameva ājānissatī”ti? And it occurred to him, Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—“The group of five monks who supported me while I was striving were of great service to me. “bahukārā kho me pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū, ye maṁ padhānapahitattaṁ upaṭṭhahiṁsu; Let me teach them first. yannūnāhaṁ pañcavaggiyānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyan”ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—But where are they staying now?” “kahaṁ nu kho etarahi pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū viharantī”ti?

With his superhuman and purified clairvoyance, the Buddha saw that the group of five monks were staying near Benares, in the deer park at Isipatana. Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena pañcavaggiye bhikkhū bārāṇasiyaṁ viharante isipatane migadāye. Then, after staying at Uruvelā for as long as he liked, he set out wandering toward Benares. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena bārāṇasī tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi.

The Ājīvaka ascetic Upaka saw the Buddha traveling between Gayā and the place of awakening. He said to the Buddha, Addasā kho upako ājīvako bhagavantaṁ antarā ca gayaṁ antarā ca bodhiṁ addhānamaggappaṭipannaṁ, disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Sir, your senses are clear and your skin is pure and bright. “vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. In whose name have you gone forth? Kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito? Who is your teacher Ko vā te satthā? or whose teaching do you follow?” Kassa vā tvaṁ dhammaṁ rocesī”ti?

The Buddha replied to Upaka in verse: Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā upakaṁ ājīvakaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi—

“I’m the victor, the knower of all. “Sabbābhibhū sabbavidūhamasmi, Abandoning all, I’m not soiled by anything. Sabbesu dhammesu anūpalitto; Through my own insight, I’m freed by the ending of craving—Sabbañjaho taṇhākkhaye vimutto, So who should I refer to as a teacher? Sayaṁ abhiññāya kamuddiseyyaṁ.

I have no teacher; Na me ācariyo atthi, No-one like me exists. sadiso me na vijjati; In the world with its gods, Sadevakasmiṁ lokasmiṁ, I have no equal. natthi me paṭipuggalo.

For I’m the Perfected One, Ahañhi arahā loke, The supreme teacher. ahaṁ satthā anuttaro; I alone am fully awakened; Ekomhi sammāsambuddho, I’m cool and extinguished. sītibhūtosmi nibbuto.

I’m going to the city of Kāsi, Dhammacakkaṁ pavattetuṁ, To set rolling the wheel of the Teaching. Gacchāmi kāsinaṁ puraṁ; In this world immersed in darkness, Andhībhūtasmiṁ lokasmiṁ, I’ll beat the drum of freedom from death.” Āhañchaṁ amatadundubhin”ti.

“According to your own claim you must be a universal Victor.” “Yathā kho tvaṁ, āvuso, paṭijānāsi, arahasi anantajino”ti.

“Indeed, those like me are victors, “Mādisā ve jinā honti, Those who have ended the corruptions. ye pattā āsavakkhayaṁ; I have conquered all bad traits—Jitā me pāpakā dhammā, Therefore, Upaka, I’m a Victor.” tasmāhamupaka jino”ti.

Saying, “May it be so,” Upaka shook his head, chose the wrong path, and left. Evaṁ vutte, upako ājīvako hupeyyapāvusoti vatvā sīsaṁ okampetvā ummaggaṁ gahetvā pakkāmi.

The Buddha continued wandering toward the deer park at Isipatana near Benares. When he eventually arrived, he went to the group of five monks. Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena bārāṇasī isipatanaṁ migadāyo, yena pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami.

Seeing him coming, Addasaṁsu kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ; the group of five made an agreement with one another: disvāna aññamaññaṁ katikaṁ saṇṭhapesuṁ—“Here comes the ascetic Gotama, who has given up his striving and returned to a life of indulgence. “ayaṁ, āvuso, samaṇo gotamo āgacchati, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya. We shouldn’t bow down to him, stand up for him, or receive his bowl and robe, So neva abhivādetabbo, na paccuṭṭhātabbo, nāssa pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ; but we should prepare a seat. If he wishes, he may sit down.” api ca kho āsanaṁ ṭhapetabbaṁ, sace so ākaṅkhissati nisīdissatī”ti. But as the Buddha approached, the group of five monks was unable to keep the agreement. Yathā yathā kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū upasaṅkamati tathā tathā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū nāsakkhiṁsu sakāya katikāya saṇṭhātuṁ. One went to meet him to receive his bowl and robe, another prepared a seat, another set out water for washing the feet, yet another set out a foot stool, and the last one put out a foot scraper. Asaṇṭhahantā bhagavantaṁ paccuggantvā eko bhagavato pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahesi, eko āsanaṁ paññapesi, eko pādodakaṁ, eko pādapīṭhaṁ, eko pādakaṭhalikaṁ upanikkhipi. The Buddha sat down on the prepared seat Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane; and washed his feet. nisajja kho bhagavā pāde pakkhālesi. But they still addressed him by name and as “friend”. Apissu bhagavantaṁ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaranti.

The Buddha said to the group of five monks, Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca—“Monks, don’t address the Buddha by name or as ‘friend’. “mā, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaratha. Listen, I’m perfected and fully awakened. I have discovered the freedom from death. I will instruct you and teach you the Truth. Arahaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho, odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṁ, amatamadhigataṁ, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi. When you practice as instructed, Yathānusiṭṭhaṁ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva—in this very life you will soon realize with your own insight the supreme goal of the spiritual life yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—for which gentlemen rightly go forth into homelessness.” brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā”ti.

They replied, Evaṁ vutte, pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—“Friend Gotama, by practicing extreme austerities you didn’t gain any superhuman quality, any distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of noble ones. Since you have given up your striving and returned to a life of indulgence, how could you now have achieved any of this?” “tāyapi kho tvaṁ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya, tāya paṭipadāya, tāya dukkarakārikāya nevajjhagā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ, kiṁ pana tvaṁ etarahi, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya, adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesan”ti?

The Buddha said, Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca—“I haven’t given up striving and returned to a life of indulgence,” “na, bhikkhave, tathāgato bāhulliko, na padhānavibbhanto, na āvatto bāhullāya; and he repeated what he had said before. arahaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho. Odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṁ, amatamadhigataṁ ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṁ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva—yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā”ti.

A second time the group of five monks repeated their question Dutiyampi kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ …pe…. and a second time the Buddha repeated his reply. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca …pe…. A third time they repeated their question, and the Buddha then said, “Have you ever heard me speak like this?” Tatiyampi kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—“tāyapi kho tvaṁ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya, tāya paṭipadāya, tāya dukkarakārikāya nevajjhagā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ, kiṁ pana tvaṁ etarahi, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya, adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesan”ti?

Evaṁ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca—“abhijānātha me no tumhe, bhikkhave, ito pubbe evarūpaṁ pabhāvitametan”ti?

“No, sir.” “No hetaṁ, bhante”.

“Then listen. I’m perfected and fully awakened. I have discovered the freedom from death. I will instruct you and teach you the Truth. “Arahaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho, odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṁ, amatamadhigataṁ ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi. When you practice as instructed, Yathānusiṭṭhaṁ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva—in this very life you will soon realize with your own insight the supreme goal of the spiritual life yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—for which gentlemen rightly go forth into homelessness.” brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā”ti.

The Buddha was able to persuade the group of five monks. Asakkhi kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū saññāpetuṁ. They then listened to the Buddha, paid careful attention, and applied their minds to understand. Atha kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ sussūsiṁsu, sotaṁ odahiṁsu, aññā cittaṁ upaṭṭhāpesuṁ.

And the Buddha addressed them: Atha kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi—

“There are these two opposites that should not be pursued by one who has gone forth. “Dveme, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. Katame dve? One is the devotion to worldly pleasures, which is inferior, crude, common, ignoble, and unbeneficial. The other is the devotion to self-torment, which is painful, ignoble, and unbeneficial. Yo cāyaṁ kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṁhito, yo cāyaṁ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṁhito. By avoiding these opposites, I have awakened to the middle path, which produces vision and knowledge, which leads to peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. Ete kho, bhikkhave, ubho ante anupagamma majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati.

And what, monks, is that middle path? Katamā ca sā, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati? It’s just this noble eightfold path, Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṁ—that is, right view, right aim, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right stillness. sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi. Ayaṁ kho sā, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati.

And this is noble truth of suffering: Idaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ. birth is suffering, old age is suffering, sickness is suffering, death is suffering, association with what is disliked is suffering, separation from what is liked is suffering, not getting what you want is suffering. Jātipi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, byādhipi dukkho, maraṇampi dukkhaṁ, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho, piyehi vippayogo dukkho, yampicchaṁ na labhati tampi dukkhaṁ. In brief, the five aspects of existence affected by grasping are suffering. Saṅkhittena, pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā.

And this is noble truth of the origin of suffering: Idaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ—the craving that leads to rebirth, that comes with delight and sensual desire, ever delighting in this and that, yāyaṁ taṇhā ponobbhavikā nandīrāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṁ—that is, craving for worldly pleasures, craving for existence, and craving for non-existence. kāmataṇhā, bhavataṇhā, vibhavataṇhā.

And this is noble truth of the end of suffering: Idaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ—the full fading away and ending of that very craving; giving it up, relinquishing it, releasing it, letting it go. yo tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho, cāgo, paṭinissaggo, mutti, anālayo.

And this is noble truth of the path leading to the end of suffering: Idaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ—just this noble eightfold path, ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṁ—that is, right view, right aim, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right stillness. sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.

I knew that this is the noble truth of suffering. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. Idaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. I knew that this noble truth of suffering should be fully understood. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ pariññeyyanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. I knew that this noble truth of suffering had been fully understood. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ pariññātanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.

I knew that this is the noble truth of the origin of suffering. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. Idaṁ dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. I knew that this noble truth of the origin of suffering should be fully abandoned. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ pahātabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. I knew that this noble truth of the origin of suffering had been fully abandoned. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ pahīnanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.

I knew that this is the noble truth of the end of suffering. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. Idaṁ dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. I knew that this noble truth of the end of suffering should be fully experienced. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ sacchikātabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. I knew that this noble truth of the end of suffering had been fully experienced. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ sacchikatanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.

I knew that this is the noble truth of the path leading to the end of suffering. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. Idaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. I knew that this noble truth of the path leading to the end of suffering should be fully developed. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ bhāvetabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. I knew that this noble truth of the path leading to the end of suffering had been fully developed. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ bhāvitanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.

So long as I had not fully purified my knowledge and vision according to reality of these four noble truths with their three stages and twelve characteristics, I didn’t claim the supreme full awakening in this world with its gods, lords of death, and supreme beings, in this society with its monastics and brahmins, its gods and humans. Yāvakīvañca me, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu evaṁ tiparivaṭṭaṁ dvādasākāraṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ na suvisuddhaṁ ahosi, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṁ.

But when I had fully purified my knowledge and vision according to reality of these four noble truths with their three stages and twelve characteristics, then I did claim the supreme full awakening in this world with its gods, lords of death, and supreme beings, in this society with its monastics and brahmins, its gods and humans. Yato ca kho me, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu evaṁ tiparivaṭṭaṁ dvādasākāraṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ suvisuddhaṁ ahosi, athāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṁ. And knowledge and vision arose in me: Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṁ udapādi—‘My freedom is unshakable, this is my last birth, now there is no further rebirth.’” akuppā me vimutti, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti.

This is what the Buddha said. The monks from the group of five were pleased and they rejoiced in the Buddha’s exposition. Idamavoca bhagavā attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.

And while this exposition was being spoken, Venerable Koṇḍañña experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṁ bhaññamāne āyasmato koṇḍaññassa virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” “yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.

When the Buddha had set rolling the wheel of the Teaching, the earth gods cried out, Pavattite ca pana bhagavatā dhammacakke, bhummā devā saddamanussāvesuṁ—“At Benares, in the deer park at Isipatana, the Buddha has set rolling the supreme wheel of the Teaching. It can’t be stopped by any monastic, brahmin, god, lord of death, supreme being, or anyone in the world.” “etaṁ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ, appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti. Hearing the earth gods, the gods of the four great kings cried out … Bhummānaṁ devānaṁ saddaṁ sutvā cātumahārājikā devā saddamanussāvesuṁ …pe… Hearing the gods of the four great kings, the gods of the Thirty-three cried out … cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ saddaṁ sutvā tāvatiṁsā devā …pe… the Yāma gods … yāmā devā …pe… the contented gods … tusitā devā …pe… the gods who delight in creation … nimmānaratī devā …pe… the gods who control the creations of others … paranimmitavasavattī devā …pe… the gods of the realm of the supreme beings cried out, brahmakāyikā devā saddamanussāvesuṁ—“At Benares, in the deer park at Isipatana, the Buddha has set rolling the supreme wheel of the Teaching. It can’t be stopped by any monastic, brahmin, god, lord of death, supreme being, or anyone in the world.” “etaṁ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti.

In that instant the news spread as far as the world of the supreme beings. Itiha tena khaṇena, tena layena, tena muhuttena yāva brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchi. Ten thousand solar systems shook and trembled. Ayañca dasasahassilokadhātu saṅkampi sampakampi sampavedhi; And there appeared in the world an immeasurable and glorious radiance, surpassing the splendor of the gods. appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pāturahosi, atikkamma devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ.

Then the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation: Atha kho bhagavā imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—“Koṇḍañña has understood! Indeed, Koṇḍañña has understood!” “aññāsi vata bho koṇḍañño, aññāsi vata bho koṇḍañño”ti. That’s how Koṇḍañña got the name “Aññāsikoṇḍañña”, “Koṇḍañña who has understood.” Iti hidaṁ āyasmato koṇḍaññassa “aññāsikoṇḍañño” tveva nāmaṁ ahosi.

Aññāsikoṇḍañña had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. He had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. He then said to the Buddha, Atha kho āyasmā aññāsikoṇḍañño diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Sir, I wish to receive the going forth in your presence. I wish to receive the full ordination.” “labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti. The Buddha replied, “Come, monk. “Ehi bhikkhū”ti bhagavā avoca—The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” “svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. That was the full ordination of that venerable. Sāva tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosi.

The Buddha then instructed and taught the rest of the monks. Atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. While they were being instructed and taught, Venerable Vappa and Venerable Bhaddiya experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: Atha kho āyasmato ca vappassa āyasmato ca bhaddiyassa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṁ anusāsiyamānānaṁ virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” “yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti. They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. They had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. They then said to the Buddha, Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.” “labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti. The Buddha replied, “Come, monks. “Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” “svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. That was the full ordination of those venerables. Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi.

Living on the food brought to him, the Buddha then instructed and taught the remaining monks. Atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū nīhārabhatto dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. The six of them lived on the almsfood brought by three. Yaṁ tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā āharanti, tena chabbaggo yāpeti. While they were being instructed and taught, Venerable Mahānāma and Venerable Assaji experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: Atha kho āyasmato ca mahānāmassa āyasmato ca assajissa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṁ anusāsiyamānānaṁ virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” “yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti. They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it; they had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. They then said to the Buddha, Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.” “labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti. The Buddha replied, “Come, monks. “Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” “svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. That was the full ordination of those venerables. Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi.

Then the Buddha addressed the group of five: Atha kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi—

“Form is not your essence. “Rūpaṁ, bhikkhave, anattā. For if form were your essence, it would not lead to suffering, and you could make it Rūpañca hidaṁ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṁ rūpaṁ ābādhāya saṁvatteyya, labbhetha ca rūpe—be like this and not be like that. ‘evaṁ me rūpaṁ hotu, evaṁ me rūpaṁ mā ahosī’ti. But because form is not your essence, it leads to suffering, and you can’t make it Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, rūpaṁ anattā, tasmā rūpaṁ ābādhāya saṁvattati, na ca labbhati rūpe—be like this and not be like that. ‘evaṁ me rūpaṁ hotu, evaṁ me rūpaṁ mā ahosī’ti.

Feeling is not your essence. Vedanā anattā. For if feeling were your essence, it would not lead to suffering, and you could make it Vedanā ca hidaṁ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṁ vedanā ābādhāya saṁvatteyya, labbhetha ca vedanāya—be like this and not be like that. ‘evaṁ me vedanā hotu, evaṁ me vedanā mā ahosī’ti. But because feeling is not your essence, it leads to suffering, and you can’t make it Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, vedanā anattā, tasmā vedanā ābādhāya saṁvattati, na ca labbhati vedanāya—be like this and not be like that. ‘evaṁ me vedanā hotu, evaṁ me vedanā mā ahosī’ti.

Perception is not your essence. Saññā anattā. For if perception were your essence, it would not lead to suffering, and you could make it Saññā ca hidaṁ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṁ saññā ābādhāya saṁvatteyya, labbhetha ca saññāya—be like this and not be like that. ‘evaṁ me saññā hotu, evaṁ me saññā mā ahosī’ti. But because perception is not your essence, it leads to suffering, and you can’t make it Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, saññā anattā, tasmā saññā ābādhāya saṁvattati, na ca labbhati saññāya—be like this and not be like that. ‘evaṁ me saññā hotu, evaṁ me saññā mā ahosī’ti.

Intentional activities are not your essence. Saṅkhārā anattā. For if intentional activities were your essence, they would not lead to suffering, and you could make them Saṅkhārā ca hidaṁ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissaṁsu, nayidaṁ saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṁvatteyyuṁ, labbhetha ca saṅkhāresu—be like this and not be like that. ‘evaṁ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṁ me saṅkhārā mā ahesun’ti. But because intentional activities are not your essence, they lead to suffering, and you can’t make them Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā anattā, tasmā saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṁvattanti, na ca labbhati saṅkhāresu—be like this and not be like that. ‘evaṁ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṁ me saṅkhārā mā ahesun’ti.

Consciousness is not your essence. Viññāṇaṁ anattā. For if consciousness were your essence, it would not lead to suffering, and you could make it Viññāṇañca hidaṁ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṁ viññāṇaṁ ābādhāya saṁvatteyya, labbhetha ca viññāṇe—be like this and not be like that. ‘evaṁ me viññāṇaṁ hotu, evaṁ me viññāṇaṁ mā ahosī’ti. But because consciousness is not your essence, it leads to suffering, and you can’t make it Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṁ anattā, tasmā viññāṇaṁ ābādhāya saṁvattati, na ca labbhati viññāṇe—be like this and not be like that. ‘evaṁ me viññāṇaṁ hotu, evaṁ me viññāṇaṁ mā ahosī’ti.

What do you think, monks: is form permanent or impermanent?”—Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṁ niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti? “Impermanent, sir.”—“Aniccaṁ, bhante”. “Is what is impermanent suffering or happiness?”—“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vā”ti? “Suffering.”—“Dukkhaṁ, bhante”. “And that which is impermanent, suffering, and changeable by nature, is it proper to regard it like this: “Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ—‘This is mine, I am this, this is my essence?’”—etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti? “Definitely not.” “No hetaṁ, bhante”.

“What do you think: is feeling permanent or impermanent?”—“Vedanā niccā vā aniccā vā”ti? “Impermanent.”—“Aniccā, bhante”. “Is what is impermanent suffering or happiness?”—“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vā”ti? “Suffering.”—“Dukkhaṁ, bhante”. “And that which is impermanent, suffering, and changeable by nature, is it proper to regard it like this: “Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ—‘This is mine, I am this, this is my essence?’”—etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti? “Definitely not.” “No hetaṁ, bhante”.

“What do you think: is perception permanent or impermanent?”—“Saññā niccā vā aniccā vā”ti? “Impermanent.”—“Aniccā, bhante”. “Is what is impermanent suffering or happiness?”—“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vā”ti? “Suffering.”—“Dukkhaṁ, bhante”. “And that which is impermanent, suffering, and changeable by nature, is it proper to regard it like this: “Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ—‘This is mine, I am this, this is my essence?’”—etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti? “Definitely not.” “No hetaṁ, bhante”.

“What do you think: are intentional activities permanent or impermanent?”—“Saṅkhārā niccā vā aniccā vā”ti? “Impermanent.”—“Aniccā, bhante”. “Is what is impermanent suffering or happiness?”—“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vā”ti? “Suffering.”—“Dukkhaṁ, bhante”. “And that which is impermanent, suffering, and changeable by nature, is it proper to regard it like this: “Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ—‘This is mine, I am this, this is my essence?’”—etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti? “Definitely not.” “No hetaṁ, bhante”.

“What do you think: is consciousness permanent or impermanent?”—“Viññāṇaṁ niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti? “Impermanent.”—“Aniccaṁ, bhante”. “Is what is impermanent suffering or happiness?”—“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vā”ti? “Suffering.”—“Dukkhaṁ, bhante”. “And that which is impermanent, suffering, and changeable by nature, is it proper to regard it like this: “Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ—‘This is mine, I am this, this is my essence?’”—etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti? “Definitely not.” “No hetaṁ, bhante”.

“So, whatever form there is—whether past, present, or future, internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near—it should all be seen with right wisdom according to reality: “Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, yaṁ kiñci rūpaṁ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṁ ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṁ vā sukhumaṁ vā hīnaṁ vā paṇītaṁ vā yaṁ dūre santike vā, sabbaṁ rūpaṁ—‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my essence.’ netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti—evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ.

Whatever feeling there is—whether past, present, or future, internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near—it should all be seen with right wisdom according to reality: Yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbā vedanā—‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my essence.’ netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti—evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ.

Whatever perception there is—whether past, present, or future, internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near—it should all be seen with right wisdom according to reality: Yā kāci saññā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbā saññā—‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my essence.’ netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti—evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ.

Whatever intentional activities there are—whether past, present, or future, internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near—they should all be seen with right wisdom according to reality: Ye keci saṅkhārā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā ye dūre santike vā, sabbe saṅkhārā—‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my essence.’ netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti—evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ.

Whatever consciousness there is—whether past, present, or future, internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near—it should all be seen with right wisdom according to reality: Yaṁ kiñci viññāṇaṁ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṁ ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṁ vā sukhumaṁ vā hīnaṁ vā paṇītaṁ vā yaṁ dūre santike vā, sabbaṁ viññāṇaṁ—‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my essence.’ netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti—evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ.

A learned noble disciple who sees this is repelled by form, repelled by feeling, repelled by perception, repelled by intentional activities, and repelled by consciousness. Evaṁ passaṁ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmimpi nibbindati, vedanāyapi nibbindati, saññāyapi nibbindati, saṅkhāresupi nibbindati, viññāṇasmimpi nibbindati; Being repelled, they become desireless. nibbindaṁ virajjati; Because they are desireless, they are freed. virāgā vimuccati; When they are freed, they know they are freed. They understand that birth has come to an end, that the spiritual life has been fulfilled, that the job has been done, that there is no further state of existence.” vimuttasmiṁ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṁ hoti, ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyā’ti pajānātī”ti.

This is what the Buddha said. Idamavoca bhagavā. The monks from the group of five were pleased and they rejoiced in the Buddha’s exposition. Attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti. And while this exposition was being spoken to the monks from the group of five, their minds were freed from the corruptions through letting go. Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṁ bhaññamāne pañcavaggiyānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu.

Then there were six perfected ones in the world. Tena kho pana samayena cha loke arahanto honti.

The account of the group of five is finished. Pañcavaggiyakathā niṭṭhitā.

The first section for recitation is finished. Paṭhamabhāṇavāro.

7. The account of the going forth 7. Pabbajjākathā

At that time in Benares there was a gentleman called Yasa, the son of a wealthy merchant, who had been brought up in great comfort. Tena kho pana samayena bārāṇasiyaṁ yaso nāma kulaputto seṭṭhiputto sukhumālo hoti. He had three stilt houses: Tassa tayo pāsādā honti—one for the winter, one for the summer, and one for the rainy season. eko hemantiko, eko gimhiko, eko vassiko.

While Yasa was spending the four months of the rainy season in the rainy-season house, he was attended on by female musicians, and he did not come down from that house. So vassike pāsāde cattāro māse nippurisehi tūriyehi paricārayamāno na heṭṭhāpāsādaṁ orohati. On one occasion, while he was enjoying himself with worldly pleasures, he fell asleep before his attendants. He then woke up first, while the oil lamp was still burning. Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitassa samaṅgībhūtassa paricārayamānassa paṭikacceva niddā okkami, parijanassapi niddā okkami, sabbarattiyo ca telapadīpo jhāyati. He saw his attendants sleeping: Atha kho yaso kulaputto paṭikacceva pabujjhitvā addasa sakaṁ parijanaṁ supantaṁ—one with a lute in her armpit, another with a tabor on her neck, still another with a drum in her armpit; one with hair disheveled, another drooling, still another talking in her sleep. It was like a charnel ground before his very eyes. aññissā kacche vīṇaṁ, aññissā kaṇṭhe mudiṅgaṁ, aññissā kacche āḷambaraṁ, aññaṁ vikesikaṁ, aññaṁ vikkheḷikaṁ, aññā vippalapantiyo, hatthappattaṁ susānaṁ maññe. When he saw this, the downside became clear, and a feeling of repulsion stayed with him. Disvānassa ādīnavo pāturahosi, nibbidāya cittaṁ saṇṭhāsi. He uttered a heartfelt exclamation: Atha kho yaso kulaputto udānaṁ udānesi—“Oh the oppression! Oh the affliction!” “upaddutaṁ vata bho, upassaṭṭhaṁ vata bho”ti.

He then put on his golden shoes and went to the entrance door. Atha kho yaso kulaputto suvaṇṇapādukāyo ārohitvā yena nivesanadvāraṁ tenupasaṅkami. Spirits opened the door, thinking, Amanussā dvāraṁ vivariṁsu—“No-one should create any obstacle for Yasa going forth into homelessness.” “mā yasassa kulaputtassa koci antarāyamakāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāyā”ti. He went to the town gate, Atha kho yaso kulaputto yena nagaradvāraṁ tenupasaṅkami. and again it was opened by spirits. Amanussā dvāraṁ vivariṁsu—“mā yasassa kulaputtassa koci antarāyamakāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāyā”ti. He then went to the deer park at Isipatana. Atha kho yaso kulaputto yena isipatanaṁ migadāyo tenupasaṅkami.

Just then, after getting up early in the morning, the Buddha was doing walking meditation outside. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati. When the Buddha saw Yasa coming, he stepped down from his walking path and sat down on the prepared seat. Addasā kho bhagavā yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ, disvāna caṅkamā orohitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.

As he was getting close to the Buddha, Yasa uttered the same heartfelt exclamation: Atha kho yaso kulaputto bhagavato avidūre udānaṁ udānesi—“Oh the oppression! Oh the affliction!” “upaddutaṁ vata bho, upassaṭṭhaṁ vata bho”ti.

The Buddha said, Atha kho bhagavā yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ etadavoca—“This isn’t oppressive, Yasa, this isn’t afflictive. “idaṁ kho, yasa, anupaddutaṁ, idaṁ anupassaṭṭhaṁ. Come and sit down. I’ll give you a teaching.” Ehi, yasa, nisīda, dhammaṁ te desessāmī”ti.

Thinking, Atha kho yaso kulaputto—“Apparently this isn’t oppressive, apparently it’s not afflictive!” excited and joyful, Yasa removed his shoes, approached the Buddha, bowed, and sat down. “idaṁ kira anupaddutaṁ, idaṁ anupassaṭṭhan”ti haṭṭho udaggo suvaṇṇapādukāhi orohitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.

The Buddha then gave Yasa a progressive talk—Ekamantaṁ nisinnassa kho yasassa kulaputtassa bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the downside, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation. dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ, kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. When the Buddha knew that Yasa’s mind was ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas: Yadā bhagavā aññāsi yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ kallacittaṁ, muducittaṁ, vinīvaraṇacittaṁ, udaggacittaṁ, pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi—suffering, its origin, its end, and the path. dukkhaṁ, samudayaṁ, nirodhaṁ, maggaṁ. Just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly, Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya; so too, while he was sitting right there, Yasa experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: evameva yasassa kulaputtassa tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” “yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.

Soon afterwards Yasa’s mother went up to his stilt house. Not seeing him, she went to her husband and said, Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa mātā pāsādaṁ abhiruhitvā yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ apassantī yena seṭṭhi gahapati tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā seṭṭhiṁ gahapatiṁ etadavoca—“I can’t find your son Yasa.” “putto te, gahapati, yaso na dissatī”ti. The merchant then dispatched horsemen to the four directions, while he himself went to the deer park at Isipatana. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati catuddisā assadūte uyyojetvā sāmaṁyeva yena isipatanaṁ migadāyo tenupasaṅkami. He saw the imprints of the golden shoes on the ground and he followed along. Addasā kho seṭṭhi gahapati suvaṇṇapādukānaṁ nikkhepaṁ, disvāna taṁyeva anugamāsi.

When the Buddha saw the wealthy merchant coming, he thought, Addasā kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṁ gahapatiṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ, disvāna bhagavato etadahosi—“Why don’t I use my supernormal powers so that the merchant, when he sits down, doesn’t see Yasa seated next to him?” “yannūnāhaṁ tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhareyyaṁ yathā seṭṭhi gahapati idha nisinno idha nisinnaṁ yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ na passeyyā”ti. And he did just that. Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharesi.

The merchant approached the Buddha and said, Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Sir, have you seen Yasa by any chance?” “api, bhante, bhagavā yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ passeyyā”ti?

“Please sit down, householder. Perhaps you’ll get to see Yasa.” “Tena hi, gahapati, nisīda, appeva nāma idha nisinno idha nisinnaṁ yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ passeyyāsī”ti.

When the merchant heard this, Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati—he was elated and joyful. And he bowed and sat down. “idheva kirāhaṁ nisinno idha nisinnaṁ yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ passissāmī”ti haṭṭho udaggo bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.

The Buddha then gave him a progressive talk—Ekamantaṁ nisinnassa kho seṭṭhissa gahapatissa bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the downside, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation. dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ, kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. When the Buddha knew that his mind was ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas: Yadā bhagavā aññāsi seṭṭhiṁ gahapatiṁ kallacittaṁ, muducittaṁ, vinīvaraṇacittaṁ, udaggacittaṁ, pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi—suffering, its origin, its end, and the path. dukkhaṁ, samudayaṁ, nirodhaṁ, maggaṁ. And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly, Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya; so too, while he was sitting right there, the merchant experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: evameva seṭṭhissa gahapatissa tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” “yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.

He had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. He had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. And he said to the Buddha, Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Wonderful, sir, wonderful! “abhikkantaṁ, bhante, abhikkantaṁ, bhante. Just as one might set upright what’s overturned, or reveal what’s hidden, or show the way to one who’s lost, or bring a lamp into the darkness Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya—so that one with eyes might see what’s there—‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; just so has the Buddha made the Teaching clear in many ways. evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. I go for refuge to the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Sangha of monks. Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Please accept me as a lay follower who’s gone for refuge for life.” Upāsakaṁ maṁ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gatan”ti. He was the first person in the world to become a lay follower by means of the triple refuge. Sova loke paṭhamaṁ upāsako ahosi tevāciko.

While his father was given this teaching, Yasa reviewed what he had already seen and understood, and his mind was freed from the corruptions through letting go. Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa pituno dhamme desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṁ yathāviditaṁ bhūmiṁ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimucci. Realizing what had happened, Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—“yasassa kho kulaputtassa pituno dhamme desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṁ yathāviditaṁ bhūmiṁ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ. the Buddha thought, “Yasa is incapable of returning to the lower life to enjoy worldly pleasures as he did while still a householder. Abhabbo kho yaso kulaputto hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṁ, seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto; Let me stop using my supernormal powers.” yannūnāhaṁ taṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ paṭippassambheyyan”ti. And he did. Atha kho bhagavā taṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ paṭippassambhesi.

The merchant saw Yasa sitting there and he said to him, Addasā kho seṭṭhi gahapati yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ nisinnaṁ disvāna, yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ etadavoca—“Dear Yasa, your mother is grieving and lamenting. Please give her back her life.” “mātā te, tāta yasa, paridevasokasamāpannā, dehi mātuyā jīvitan”ti. Yasa looked to the Buddha, Atha kho yaso kulaputto bhagavantaṁ ullokesi. and the Buddha said to the merchant, Atha kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṁ gahapatiṁ etadavoca—“What do you think, householder: suppose the mind of one such as you—who has seen and understood the Truth with the trainee’s knowledge and vision—while he was reviewing what he had already seen and understood, was freed from the corruptions through letting go. “taṁ kiṁ maññasi, gahapati, yassa sekkhena ñāṇena sekkhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho vidito seyyathāpi tayā, tassa yathādiṭṭhaṁ yathāviditaṁ bhūmiṁ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ. Would he be able to return to the lower life to enjoy worldly pleasures as he did while still a householder?” Bhabbo nu kho so, gahapati, hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṁ seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto”ti?

“Definitely not.” “No hetaṁ, bhante”.

“But this is what has happened to Yasa. “Yasassa kho, gahapati, kulaputtassa sekkhena ñāṇena sekkhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho vidito seyyathāpi tayā, tassa yathādiṭṭhaṁ yathāviditaṁ bhūmiṁ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ. He is now unable to return to the lower life.” Abhabbo kho, gahapati, yaso kulaputto hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṁ seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto”ti.

“It’s a great gain for Yasa that his mind has been freed from the corruptions through letting go! “Lābhā, bhante, yasassa kulaputtassa, suladdhaṁ, bhante, yasassa kulaputtassa, yathā yasassa kulaputtassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ. Sir, please accept today’s meal from me with Yasa as your attendant.” Adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā ajjatanāya bhattaṁ yasena kulaputtena pacchāsamaṇenā”ti. The Buddha consented by remaining silent. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.

Knowing that the Buddha had consented, the merchant got up from his seat, bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and left. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi. Soon after the merchant had left, Yasa said to the Buddha, Atha kho yaso kulaputto acirapakkante seṭṭhimhi gahapatimhi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Sir, I wish to receive the going forth in your presence. I wish to receive the full ordination.” “labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti. The Buddha said, “Come, monk. “Ehi bhikkhū”ti bhagavā avoca—The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” “svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. That was the full ordination of that venerable. Sāva tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosi. Then there were seven perfected ones in the world. Tena kho pana samayena satta loke arahanto honti.

The going forth of Yasa is finished. Yasassa pabbajjā niṭṭhitā.

The following morning the Buddha robed up, took his bowl and robe, and, with Venerable Yasa as his attendant, went to the house of that merchant where he sat down on the prepared seat. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā yasena pacchāsamaṇena yena seṭṭhissa gahapatissa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Yasa’s mother and ex-wife approached the Buddha, bowed, and sat down. Atha kho āyasmato yasassa mātā ca purāṇadutiyikā ca yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.

The Buddha gave them a progressive talk—Tāsaṁ bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the downside, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation. dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ, kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. When the Buddha knew that their minds were ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas: Yadā tā bhagavā aññāsi kallacittā, muducittā, vinīvaraṇacittā, udaggacittā, pasannacittā, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi—suffering, its origin, its end, and the path. dukkhaṁ, samudayaṁ, nirodhaṁ, maggaṁ. And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly, Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya; so too, while they were sitting right there, they experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: evameva tāsaṁ tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” “yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.

They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. They had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. And they said to the Buddha, Tā diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—“Wonderful, sir, wonderful! … “abhikkantaṁ, bhante, abhikkantaṁ, bhante …pe… We go for refuge to the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Sangha of monks. etā mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Please accept us as lay followers who have gone for refuge for life.” Upāsikāyo no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetā saraṇaṁ gatā”ti. And they were the first women in the world to become lay followers by means of the triple refuge. Tā ca loke paṭhamaṁ upāsikā ahesuṁ tevācikā.

Yasa’s mother, father, and ex-wife personally served various kinds of fine foods to the Buddha and Yasa. When the Buddha had finished his meal, they sat down. Atha kho āyasmato yasassa mātā ca pitā ca purāṇadutiyikā ca bhagavantañca āyasmantañca yasaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā, bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ, ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. The Buddha then instructed, inspired, and gladdened them with a teaching, before getting up from his seat and leaving. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmato yasassa mātarañca pitarañca purāṇadutiyikañca dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

Now Yasa had four friends—Assosuṁ kho āyasmato yasassa cattāro gihisahāyakā bārāṇasiyaṁ seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṁ kulānaṁ puttā—Vimala, Subāhu, Puṇṇaji, and Gavampati—vimalo, subāhu, puṇṇaji, gavampati—who were from the wealthiest merchant families in Benares. When they heard that Yasa had shaved off his hair and beard, put on ocher robes, and gone forth into homelessness, yaso kira kulaputto kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitoti. they said to one another, Sutvāna nesaṁ etadahosi—“This must be an extraordinary spiritual path, an extraordinary going forth, for Yasa to have done this.” “na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha yaso kulaputto kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti. And they went to Yasa and bowed down to him. Te yenāyasmā yaso tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ yasaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.

Yasa then took his four friends to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down, Atha kho āyasmā yaso te cattāro gihisahāyake ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. and said, Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā yaso bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Sir, these four friends of mine—“ime me, bhante, cattāro gihisahāyakā bārāṇasiyaṁ seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṁ kulānaṁ puttā—Vimala, Subāhu, Puṇṇaji, and Gavampati—vimalo, subāhu, puṇṇaji, gavampati. are from the wealthiest merchant families in Benares. Please instruct them.” Ime bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū”ti.

The Buddha gave them a progressive talk: Tesaṁ bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the downside, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation. dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. When the Buddha knew that their minds were ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas: suffering, its origin, its end, and the path. Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi dukkhaṁ samudayaṁ nirodhaṁ maggaṁ. And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly, Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya; so too, while they were sitting right there, they experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: evameva tesaṁ tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” “yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.

They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. They had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. And they said to the Buddha, Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.” “labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti. The Buddha said, “Come, monks. “Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” “svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. That was the full ordination of those venerables. Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi. Then, as the Buddha instructed those monks in the Teaching, Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. their minds were freed from the corruptions through letting go. Tesaṁ bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṁ anusāsiyamānānaṁ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu. And there were eleven perfected ones in the world. Tena kho pana samayena ekādasa loke arahanto honti.

The going forth of the four friends is finished. Catugihisahāyakapabbajjā niṭṭhitā.

Fifty of Yasa’s friends from leading families in the countryside also heard Assosuṁ kho āyasmato yasassa paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā jānapadā pubbānupubbakānaṁ kulānaṁ puttā—that Yasa had shaved off his hair and beard, put on ocher robes, and gone forth into homelessness. yaso kira kulaputto kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitoti. They too said to one another, Sutvāna nesaṁ etadahosi—“This must be an extraordinary spiritual path, an extraordinary going forth, for Yasa to have done this.” “na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha yaso kulaputto kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti. And they went to Yasa and bowed down to him. Te yenāyasmā yaso tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ yasaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.

Yasa then took his fifty friends to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down, Atha kho āyasmā yaso te paññāsamatte gihisahāyake ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. and said, Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā yaso bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Sir, these fifty friends of mine are from leading families in the countryside. “ime me, bhante, paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā jānapadā pubbānupubbakānaṁ kulānaṁ puttā. Please instruct them.” Ime bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū”ti.

The Buddha then gave them a progressive talk—Tesaṁ bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the downside, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation. dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. When the Buddha knew that their minds were ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas: suffering, its origin, its end, and the path. Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi dukkhaṁ samudayaṁ nirodhaṁ maggaṁ. And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly, Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya; so too, while they were sitting right there, they experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: evameva tesaṁ tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” “yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.

They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. They had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. And they said to the Buddha, Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.” “labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti. The Buddha said, “Come, monks. “Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” “svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. That was the full ordination of those venerables. Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi. Then, as the Buddha instructed those monks in the Teaching, Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. their minds were freed from the corruptions through letting go. Tesaṁ bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṁ anusāsiyamānānaṁ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu. And there were sixty-one perfected ones in the world. Tena kho pana samayena ekasaṭṭhi loke arahanto honti.

The going forth of the fifty friends is finished. Paññāsagihisahāyakapabbajjā niṭṭhitā.

8. The account of the Lord of Death 8. Mārakathā

Then the Buddha addressed those monks: Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū āmantesi—“I’m free from all snares, both human and divine. “muttāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā. You, too, are free from all snares, both human and divine. Tumhepi, bhikkhave, muttā sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā. Go wandering, monks, for the benefit and happiness of humanity, out of compassion for the world, for the good, benefit, and happiness of gods and humans. Caratha, bhikkhave, cārikaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ. You should each go a different way. Mā ekena dve agamittha. Proclaim the Teaching that is good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, that has a true goal and is well articulated. Set out the perfectly complete and pure spiritual life. Desetha, bhikkhave, dhammaṁ ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāsetha. There are beings with little dust in their eyes who are ruined because of not hearing the Teaching. There will be those who understand. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro. I too will go to Uruvelā, to Senānigama, to proclaim the Teaching.” Ahampi, bhikkhave, yena uruvelā senānigamo tenupasaṅkamissāmi dhammadesanāyā”ti.

Then the Lord of Death, the Evil One, went up to the Buddha and spoke to him in verse: Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi—

“You’re bound by all snares, “Baddhosi sabbapāsehi, Both human and divine. ye dibbā ye ca mānusā; You’re bound by the great bond: Mahābandhanabaddhosi, You’re not free from me, monastic.” na me samaṇa mokkhasī”ti.

“I’m free from all snares, “Muttāhaṁ sabbapāsehi, Both human and divine. Ye dibbā ye ca mānusā; I’m free from the great bond: Mahābandhanamuttomhi, Terminator, you’re defeated!” Nihato tvamasi antakā”ti.

“The snare is ethereal, “Antalikkhacaro pāso, And it comes from the mind. yvāyaṁ carati mānaso; With that I’ll bind you: Tena taṁ bādhayissāmi, You’re not free from me, monastic.” na me samaṇa mokkhasī”ti.

“Sights, sounds, tastes, smells, “Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā, And tangibles, the mind’s delights—Phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā; For these I have no desire: Ettha me vigato chando, Terminator, you’re defeated!” Nihato tvamasi antakā”ti.

Then the Lord of Death, the Evil One, thought, Atha kho māro pāpimā—“The Buddha knows me, the Happy One knows me,” and, sad and miserable, he disappeared right there. “jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.

The account of the Lord of Death is finished. Mārakathā niṭṭhitā.

9. Discussion of the going forth and the full ordination 9. Pabbajjūpasampadākathā

Soon afterwards, the monks were bringing back, from various regions and countries, people desiring the going forth and the full ordination, thinking, Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti—“The Buddha will ordain them.” “bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatī”ti. The monks became tired, as did those seeking ordination. Tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca.

Then, while reflecting in private, the Buddha thought, Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi—“etarahi kho bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti—‘bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatī’ti. Tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca. “Why don’t I allow the monks Yannūnāhaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anujāneyyaṁ—to give the going forth and the full ordination right there in those various regions and countries?” tumheva dāni, bhikkhave, tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādethā”ti.

In the evening, the Buddha came out from seclusion, gave a teaching, and told the monks what he had thought, adding: Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—“idha mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi—etarahi kho bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti—‘bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatī’ti, Tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca.

“I allow you to give the going forth and the full ordination in those various regions and countries. Yannūnāhaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anujāneyyaṁ tumheva dāni, bhikkhave, tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādethāti, Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tumheva dāni tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādetha.

And, monks, it should be done like this. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pabbājetabbo upasampādetabbo—First the candidate should shave off his hair and beard and put on ocher robes. He should then arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, pay respect at the feet of the monks, squat on his heels, and raise his joined palms. He should then be told to say this: Paṭhamaṁ kesamassuṁ ohārāpetvā, kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā, ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ kārāpetvā, bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vandāpetvā, ukkuṭikaṁ nisīdāpetvā, añjaliṁ paggaṇhāpetvā ‘evaṁ vadehī’ti vattabbo—

‘I go for refuge to the Buddha, ‘Buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, I go for refuge to the Teaching, Dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, I go for refuge to the Sangha. Saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi.

For the second time, I go for refuge to the Buddha, Dutiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, For the second time, I go for refuge to the Teaching, Dutiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, For the second time, I go for refuge to the Sangha. Dutiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi.

For the third time, I go for refuge to the Buddha, Tatiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, For the third time, I go for refuge to the Teaching, Tatiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, For the third time, I go for refuge to the Sangha.’ Tatiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmī’ti.

You should give the going forth and the full ordination through the taking of the three refuges.” Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi pabbajjaṁ upasampadan”ti.

The discussion of the full ordination through the taking of the three refuges is finished. Tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampadākathā niṭṭhitā.

10. The second account of the Lord of Death 10. Dutiyamārakathā

When the Buddha had completed the rainy-season residence, he said to the monks, Atha kho bhagavā vassaṁvuṭṭho bhikkhū āmantesi—“Through wise attention and wise right effort, I have reached the supreme freedom, realized the supreme freedom. “mayhaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā anuttarā vimutti anuppattā, anuttarā vimutti sacchikatā. And you, monks, have done the same.” Tumhepi, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā anuttaraṁ vimuttiṁ anupāpuṇātha, anuttaraṁ vimuttiṁ sacchikarothā”ti.

Then the Lord of Death, the Evil One, went up to the Buddha and spoke to him in verse: Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi—

“You’re bound by the snares of the Lord of Death, “Baddhosi mārapāsehi, Both human and divine. ye dibbā ye ca mānusā; You’re bound by the great bond: Mahābandhanabaddhosi, You’re not free from me, monastic.” na me samaṇa mokkhasī”ti.

“I’m free from the snares of the Lord of Death, “Muttāhaṁ mārapāsehi, Both human and divine. Ye dibbā ye ca mānusā; I’m free from the great bond: Mahābandhanamuttomhi, Terminator, you’re defeated!” Nihato tvamasi antakā”ti.

Then the Lord of Death, the Evil One, thought, Atha kho māro pāpimā—“The Buddha knows me, the Happy One knows me,” and sad and miserable he disappeared right there. “jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyi.

The second account of the Lord of Death is finished. Dutiyamārakathā niṭṭhitā.

11. The account of the fine group of people 11. Bhaddavaggiyavatthu

When the Buddha had stayed at Benares for as long as he liked, he set out wandering toward Uruvelā. Atha kho bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena uruvelā tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi. At a certain point he left the road, entered a forest grove, and sat down at the foot of a tree. Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataro vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi.

Just then a fine group of thirty friends and their wives were enjoying themselves in that forest grove. Tena kho pana samayena tiṁsamattā bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā sapajāpatikā tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe paricārenti. Because one of them did not have a wife, Ekassa pajāpati nāhosi; they had brought him a sex worker. tassa atthāya vesī ānītā ahosi. While they were all carelessly enjoying themselves, that sex worker took that man’s possessions and ran away. Atha kho sā vesī tesu pamattesu paricārentesu bhaṇḍaṁ ādāya palāyittha. To help their friend, they all went searching for that woman. And as they walked about that forest grove, they saw the Buddha seated at the foot of a tree. Atha kho te sahāyakā sahāyakassa veyyāvaccaṁ karontā, taṁ itthiṁ gavesantā, taṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ āhiṇḍantā addasaṁsu bhagavantaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisinnaṁ. They approached him and said, Disvāna yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—“Sir, have you seen a woman by any chance?” “api, bhante, bhagavā ekaṁ itthiṁ passeyyā”ti?

“But, young men, why look for a woman?” “Kiṁ pana vo, kumārā, itthiyā”ti?

They told him what had happened. “Idha mayaṁ, bhante, tiṁsamattā bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā sapajāpatikā imasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe paricārimhā.

Ekassa pajāpati nāhosi; tassa atthāya vesī ānītā ahosi. Atha kho sā, bhante, vesī amhesu pamattesu paricārentesu bhaṇḍaṁ ādāya palāyittha. Te mayaṁ, bhante, sahāyakā sahāyakassa veyyāvaccaṁ karontā, taṁ itthiṁ gavesantā, imaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ āhiṇḍāmā”ti.

“What do you think is better for you: “Taṁ kiṁ maññatha vo, kumārā, katamaṁ nu kho tumhākaṁ varaṁ—that you search for a woman, or that you search for yourselves?” yaṁ vā tumhe itthiṁ gaveseyyātha, yaṁ vā attānaṁ gaveseyyāthā”ti?

“It’s better that we search for ourselves.” “Etadeva, bhante, amhākaṁ varaṁ yaṁ mayaṁ attānaṁ gaveseyyāmā”ti.

“Well then, sit down, and I’ll give you a teaching.” “Tena hi vo, kumārā, nisīdatha, dhammaṁ vo desessāmī”ti.

Saying, “Yes, sir,” they bowed to the Buddha and sat down. “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.

The Buddha then gave them a progressive talk—Tesaṁ bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the downside, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation. dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. When the Buddha knew that their minds were ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas: suffering, its origin, its end, and the path. Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi dukkhaṁ samudayaṁ nirodhaṁ maggaṁ. And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly, Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya; so too, while they were sitting right there, they experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: evameva tesaṁ tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” “yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.

They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. They had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. And they said to the Buddha, Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.” “labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti. The Buddha said, “Come, monks. “Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” “svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. That was the full ordination of those venerables. Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi.

The account of the fine group of friends is finished. Bhaddavaggiyasahāyakānaṁ vatthu niṭṭhitaṁ.

The second section for recitation is finished. Dutiyabhāṇavāro.

12. The account of the wonders at Uruvelā 12. Uruvelapāṭihāriyakathā

The Buddha continued his wandering and eventually arrived at Uruvelā. Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena uruvelā tadavasari. At that time there were three dreadlocked ascetics living there: Tena kho pana samayena uruvelāyaṁ tayo jaṭilā paṭivasanti—Uruvelā Kassapa, Nadī Kassapa, and Gayā Kassapa. uruvelakassapo, nadīkassapo, gayākassapoti. Uruvelā Kassapa was the leader and chief of five hundred dreadlocked ascetics, Tesu uruvelakassapo jaṭilo pañcannaṁ jaṭilasatānaṁ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Nadī Kassapa of three hundred, Nadīkassapo jaṭilo tiṇṇaṁ jaṭilasatānaṁ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. and Gayā Kassapa of two hundred. Gayākassapo jaṭilo dvinnaṁ jaṭilasatānaṁ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho.

The Buddha went to the hermitage of Uruvelā Kassapa and said to him, Atha kho bhagavā yena uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa assamo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—“If it’s not inconvenient for you, Kassapa, may I stay for one night in your fire hut?” “sace te, kassapa, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṁ agyāgāre”ti?

“It’s not inconvenient for me, Great Ascetic, but there’s a fierce and highly venomous dragon king with supernormal powers there. I don’t want it to harm you.” “Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṁ mā viheṭhesī”ti.

The Buddha asked a second and a third time, and on both occasions Uruvelā Kassapa replied as before. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—“sace te, kassapa, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṁ agyāgāre”ti? “Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṁ mā viheṭhesī”ti.

Tatiyampi kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—“sace te, kassapa, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṁ agyāgāre”ti? “Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṁ mā viheṭhesī”ti. The Buddha then said, “Perhaps it won’t harm me. Come on, Kassapa, let me to stay in the fire hut.” “Appeva maṁ na viheṭheyya, iṅgha tvaṁ, kassapa, anujānāhi agyāgāran”ti.

“Well then, do as you like.” “Vihara, mahāsamaṇa, yathāsukhan”ti.

The Buddha entered the fire hut and prepared a spread of grass. He sat down, crossed his legs, straightened his body, and established mindfulness in front of him. Atha kho bhagavā agyāgāraṁ pavisitvā tiṇasanthārakaṁ paññapetvā nisīdi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā.

When the dragon saw that the Buddha had entered, he was displeased and emitted smoke. Addasā kho so nāgo bhagavantaṁ paviṭṭhaṁ, disvāna dummano padhūpāyi. The Buddha thought, Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—“Let me overpower this dragon, using fire against fire, but without harming it in the slightest way.” “yannūnāhaṁ imassa nāgassa anupahacca chaviñca cammañca maṁsañca nhāruñca aṭṭhiñca aṭṭhimiñjañca tejasā tejaṁ pariyādiyeyyan”ti.

The Buddha then used his supernormal powers so that he, too, emitted smoke. Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā padhūpāyi. The dragon, being unable to contain his rage, emitted flames. Atha kho so nāgo makkhaṁ asahamāno pajjali. The Buddha entered the fire element and he, too, emitted flames. Bhagavāpi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā pajjali. With both of them emitting flames, it was as if the fire hut was ablaze and burning. Ubhinnaṁ sajotibhūtānaṁ agyāgāraṁ ādittaṁ viya hoti sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ. Those dreadlocked ascetics gathered around the fire hut, saying, Atha kho te jaṭilā agyāgāraṁ parivāretvā evamāhaṁsu—“The Great Ascetic is handsome, but the dragon is harming him.” “abhirūpo vata bho mahāsamaṇo nāgena viheṭhiyatī”ti.

The next morning the Buddha had overcome that dragon, using fire against fire, but without harming it in the slightest way. He put it in his almsbowl and showed it to Uruvelā Kassapa: Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena tassa nāgassa anupahacca chaviñca cammañca maṁsañca nhāruñca aṭṭhiñca aṭṭhimiñjañca tejasā tejaṁ pariyādiyitvā patte pakkhipitvā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa dassesi—“Here is your dragon, Kassapa, his fire overpowered by fire.” “ayaṁ te, kassapa, nāgo pariyādinno assa tejasā tejo”ti.

Uruvelā Kassapa thought, Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty. Using fire against fire, he has overcome that fierce and highly venomous dragon king with its supernormal powers. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” “mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma caṇḍassa nāgarājassa iddhimato āsivisassa ghoravisassa tejasā tejaṁ pariyādiyissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.

At the Nerañjara the Buddha said Nerañjarāyaṁ bhagavā, To the dreadlocked ascetic Uruvelā Kassapa, Uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ avoca; “If it’s convenient for you, Kassapa, “Sace te kassapa agaru, May I stay for a night in your fire hut?” Viharemu ajjaṇho aggisālamhī”ti.

“It’s convenient for me, Great Ascetic, “Na kho me mahāsamaṇa garu, But for your own good, I bar you. Phāsukāmova taṁ nivāremi; A fierce dragon king is there, Caṇḍettha nāgarājā, Highly venomous, with supernormal powers: Iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso; I don’t want it to harm you.” So taṁ mā viheṭhesī”ti.

“Perhaps it won’t harm me. Come on, Kassapa, “Appeva maṁ na viheṭheyya, Let me stay in the fire hut.” Iṅgha tvaṁ kassapa anujānāhi agyāgāran”ti; When he knew the answer was “Yes,” Dinnanti naṁ viditvā, He entered without fear. Abhīto pāvisi bhayamatīto.

Seeing the sage who had entered, Disvā isiṁ paviṭṭhaṁ, The angry dragon emitted smoke. Ahināgo dummano padhūpāyi; With a mind of good will, Sumanamanaso adhimano, The Great Man, too, emitted smoke. Manussanāgopi tattha padhūpāyi.

Unable to contain his rage, Makkhañca asahamāno, The dragon emitted fire. Ahināgo pāvakova pajjali; Well-skilled in the fire element, Tejodhātusukusalo, The Great Man, too, emitted fire. Manussanāgopi tattha pajjali.

With both of them emitting flames, Ubhinnaṁ sajotibhūtānaṁ, The fire hut was glowing and blazing. Agyāgāraṁ ādittaṁ hoti sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ; Looking on, the dreadlocked ascetics said, Udicchare jaṭilā, “He’s handsome, the Great Ascetic, “Abhirūpo vata bho mahāsamaṇo; But the dragon is harming him.” Nāgena viheṭhiyatī”ti bhaṇanti.

Yet the following morning Atha tassā rattiyā accayena, The dragon’s flames were extinguished, Hatā nāgassa acciyo honti; While the One with supernormal powers Iddhimato pana ṭhitā, Had flames of various colors. Anekavaṇṇā acciyo honti.

Blue, red, and magenta, Nīlā atha lohitikā, Yellow, and the color of crystal: Mañjiṭṭhā pītakā phalikavaṇṇāyo; Flames of various colors remained Aṅgīrasassa kāye, In the body of Aṅgīrasa. Anekavaṇṇā acciyo honti.

Putting the dragon in his bowl, Pattamhi odahitvā, He showed it to the brahmin: Ahināgaṁ brāhmaṇassa dassesi; “Here is your dragon, Kassapa, “Ayaṁ te kassapa nāgo, His fire overpowered by fire.” Pariyādinno assa tejasā tejo”ti.

Because of this wonder of supernormal power, Uruvelā Kassapa gained confidence in the Buddha and said to him, Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavato iminā iddhipāṭihāriyena abhippasanno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Great Ascetic, please stay right here. I’ll supply you with food.” “idheva, mahāsamaṇa, vihara, ahaṁ te dhuvabhattenā”ti.

The first wonder is finished. Paṭhamaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ.

Soon afterwards the Buddha stayed in a forest grove not far from Uruvelā Kassapa’s hermitage. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa assamassa avidūre aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. Then, when the night was well advanced, the magnificent four great kings approached the Buddha, illuminating the whole forest grove. They bowed down to the Buddha and stood at the four cardinal points, appearing like great bonfires. Atha kho cattāro mahārājāno abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā catuddisā aṭṭhaṁsu seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā.

The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said, Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready. “kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattaṁ. And who was it that visited you last night?” Ke nu kho te, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena tvaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā taṁ abhivādetvā catuddisā aṭṭhaṁsu seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā”ti.

“That was the four great kings. They came to me to hear the Teaching.” “Ete kho, kassapa, cattāro mahārājāno yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu dhammassavanāyā”ti.

Uruvelā Kassapa thought, Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that even the four great kings go to him to hear the Teaching. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” “mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma cattāropi mahārājāno upasaṅkamissanti dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.

The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

The second wonder is finished. Dutiyaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ.

Once again when the night was well advanced, Sakka, the magnificent ruler of the gods, approached the Buddha, illuminating the whole forest grove. He bowed down to the Buddha and stood up, appearing just like a great bonfire. But it was more splendid and sublime than the previous ones. Atha kho sakko devānamindo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca.

The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said, Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready. “kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattaṁ. And who was it that visited you last night?” Ko nu kho so, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena tvaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti?

“That was Sakka, the ruler of the gods. He came to me to hear the Teaching.” “Eso kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami dhammassavanāyā”ti.

Uruvelā Kassapa thought, Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that even Sakka, the ruler of gods, goes to him to hear the Teaching. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” “mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma sakkopi devānamindo upasaṅkamissati dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.

The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

The third wonder is finished. Tatiyaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ.

Once again when the night was well advanced, Sahampati, the magnificent supreme being, approached the Buddha, illuminating the whole forest grove. He bowed down to the Buddha and stood up, appearing just like a great bonfire. But it was even more splendid and sublime than the previous ones. Atha kho brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca.

The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said, Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready. “kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattaṁ. And who was it that visited you last night?” Ko nu kho so, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena tvaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti?

“That was Sahampati, the supreme being. He came to me to hear the Teaching.” “Eso kho, kassapa, brahmā sahampati yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami dhammassavanāyā”ti.

Uruvelā Kassapa thought, Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that even Sahampati, the supreme being, goes to him to hear the Teaching. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” “mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma brahmāpi sahampati upasaṅkamissati dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.

The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

The fourth wonder is finished. Catutthaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ.

At this time Uruvelā Kassapa was holding a great sacrifice, and the whole of Aṅga and Magadha wanted to attend with much food of various kinds. Tena kho pana samayena uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito hoti, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ ādāya abhikkamitukāmā honti. Uruvelā Kassapa considered this Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—“etarahi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ ādāya abhikkamissanti. and thought, “If the Great Ascetic performs a wonder of supernormal power for the great crowd, he’ll get more material support and honor, whereas I’ll get less. Sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipāṭihāriyaṁ karissati, mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍḍhissati, mama lābhasakkāro parihāyissati. I hope he doesn’t come tomorrow.” Aho nūna mahāsamaṇo svātanāya nāgaccheyyā”ti.

The Buddha read the mind of Uruvelā Kassapa. He then went to Uttarakuru, collected almsfood there, ate it at the Anotatta lake, and stayed there for the day’s meditation. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya uttarakuruṁ gantvā tato piṇḍapātaṁ āharitvā anotattadahe paribhuñjitvā tattheva divāvihāraṁ akāsi.

The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said, Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready. “kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattaṁ. And why didn’t you come yesterday? Kiṁ nu kho, mahāsamaṇa, hiyyo nāgamāsi? We did think of you Api ca mayaṁ taṁ sarāma—kiṁ nu kho mahāsamaṇo nāgacchatīti? and set aside a share of various kinds of food.” Khādanīyassa ca bhojanīyassa ca te paṭivīso ṭhapito”ti.

“But, Kassapa, didn’t you think, “Nanu te, kassapa, etadahosi—‘I hope he doesn’t come tomorrow’? ‘etarahi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ ādāya abhikkamissanti, sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipāṭihāriyaṁ karissati, mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍḍhissati, mama lābhasakkāro parihāyissati, aho nūna mahāsamaṇo svātanāya nāgaccheyyā’ti. Because I read your mind, I went to Uttarakuru, collected almsfood there, ate it at the Anotatta lake, and stayed there for the day’s meditation.” So kho ahaṁ, kassapa, tava cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya uttarakuruṁ gantvā tato piṇḍapātaṁ āharitvā anotattadahe paribhuñjitvā tattheva divāvihāraṁ akāsin”ti.

Uruvelā Kassapa thought, Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can read the minds of others. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” “mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma cetasāpi cittaṁ pajānissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.

The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

The fifth wonder is finished. Pañcamaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ.

Soon afterwards the Buddha got a rag Tena kho pana samayena bhagavato paṁsukūlaṁ uppannaṁ hoti. and he thought, Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—“Where can I wash it?” “kattha nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ dhoveyyan”ti? Reading the Buddha’s mind, Sakka dug a pond with his hand. And he said to the Buddha, Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya pāṇinā pokkharaṇiṁ khaṇitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Sir, please wash it here.” “idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ dhovatū”ti.

The Buddha thought, Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—“Where can I beat it?” “kimhi nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ parimaddeyyan”ti? Reading the Buddha’s mind once again, Sakka placed a boulder there. And he said to the Buddha, Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṁ silaṁ upanikkhipi—“Sir, please beat it here.” “idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ parimaddatū”ti.

The Buddha thought, Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—“What can I hold onto to get out of this pond?” “kimhi nu kho ahaṁ ālambitvā uttareyyan”ti? A god living in an arjun tree read the Buddha’s mind. She then bent down a branch and said to the Buddha, Atha kho kakudhe adhivatthā devatā bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya sākhaṁ onāmesi—“Sir, please come out by holding onto this.” “idha, bhante, bhagavā ālambitvā uttaratū”ti.

The Buddha thought, Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—“Where can I dry this rag?” “kimhi nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ vissajjeyyan”ti? Reading the Buddha’s mind yet again, Sakka placed another boulder there. And he said to the Buddha, Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṁ silaṁ upanikkhipi—“Sir, please dry it here.” “idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ vissajjetū”ti.

The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said, Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready. “kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattaṁ. But what’s going on? There was no pond here before, but now there is. Kiṁ nu kho, mahāsamaṇa, nāyaṁ pubbe idha pokkharaṇī, sāyaṁ idha pokkharaṇī. These boulders were not here before. Nayimā silā pubbe upanikkhittā. Who placed them here? Kenimā silā upanikkhittā? And this arjun tree didn’t have a bent branch, but now it does.” Nayimassa kakudhassa pubbe sākhā onatā, sāyaṁ sākhā onatā”ti.

“Idha me, kassapa, paṁsukūlaṁ uppannaṁ ahosi. Tassa mayhaṁ, kassapa, etadahosi—‘kattha nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ dhoveyyan’ti? Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya pāṇinā pokkharaṇiṁ khaṇitvā maṁ etadavoca—‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ dhovatū’ti. Sāyaṁ, kassapa, amanussena pāṇinā khaṇitā pokkharaṇī. Tassa mayhaṁ, kassapa, etadahosi—‘kimhi nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ parimaddeyyan’ti? Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṁ silaṁ upanikkhipi—‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ parimaddatū’ti. Sāyaṁ, kassapa, amanussena upanikkhittā silā. Tassa mayhaṁ, kassapa, etadahosi—‘kimhi nu kho ahaṁ ālambitvā uttareyyan’ti? Atha kho, kassapa, kakudhe adhivatthā devatā mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya sākhaṁ onāmesi—‘idha, bhante, bhagavā ālambitvā uttaratū’ti. Svāyaṁ āharahattho kakudho. Tassa mayhaṁ, kassapa, etadahosi—‘kimhi nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ vissajjeyyan’ti? Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṁ silaṁ upanikkhipi—‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ vissajjetū’ti. Sāyaṁ, kassapa, amanussena upanikkhittā silā”

When the Buddha told him what had happened, Uruvelā Kassapa thought, Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that even Sakka, the ruler of the gods, performs services for him. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” “mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma sakkopi devānamindo veyyāvaccaṁ karissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.

The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said, Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocesi—“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready.” “kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan”ti.

“You just go ahead, Kassapa, I’ll come.” After dismissing him, he took a fruit from a rose-apple tree—the tree after which the Rose-apple Land of India is named—and then arrived first in the fire hut where he sat down. “Gaccha tvaṁ, kassapa, āyāmahan”ti uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā “jambudīpo” paññāyati, tato phalaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdi.

When Uruvelā Kassapa saw the Buddha sitting there, he said to him, Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṁ agyāgāre nisinnaṁ, disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Which path did you take? “katamena tvaṁ, mahāsamaṇa, maggena āgato? I left first, but you’re already here.” Ahaṁ tayā paṭhamataraṁ pakkanto, so tvaṁ paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno”ti.

The Buddha told him what he had done and added, “Idhāhaṁ, kassapa, taṁ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tato phalaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno. “This rose apple has a good color, and it’s fragrant and delicious, too. Idaṁ kho, kassapa, jambuphalaṁ vaṇṇasampannaṁ gandhasampannaṁ rasasampannaṁ. You can have it, if you wish.” Sace ākaṅkhasi paribhuñjā”ti.

“There’s no need. You deserve it and you should have it.” “Alaṁ, mahāsamaṇa, tvaṁyeva taṁ arahasi, tvaṁyeva taṁ paribhuñjāhī”ti.

Uruvelā Kassapa thought, Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he dismissed me, then took a fruit from a rose-apple tree, and still arrived first in the fire hut. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” “mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma maṁ paṭhamataraṁ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tato phalaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.

The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said, Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocesi—“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready.” “kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan”ti.

“You just go ahead, Kassapa, I’ll come.” After dismissing him, he took a fruit from a mango tree not far from the rose-apple tree … “Gaccha tvaṁ, kassapa, āyāmahan”ti uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā “jambudīpo” paññāyati, tassā avidūre ambo …pe… he took a fruit from an emblic myrobalan tree not far from the mango tree … tassā avidūre āmalakī …pe… he took a fruit from a chebulic myrobalan tree not far from the emblic myrobalan tree … tassā avidūre harītakī …pe… he went to Tāvatiṁsa heaven, took a flower from an orchid tree, and then arrived first in the fire hut where he sat down. tāvatiṁsaṁ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdi.

When Uruvelā Kassapa saw the Buddha sitting there, he said to him, Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṁ agyāgāre nisinnaṁ, disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Which path did you take? “katamena tvaṁ, mahāsamaṇa, maggena āgato? I left first, but you’re already here.” Ahaṁ tayā paṭhamataraṁ pakkanto, so tvaṁ paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno”ti.

The Buddha told him what he had done, and added, “Idhāhaṁ, kassapa, taṁ uyyojetvā tāvatiṁsaṁ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno. “This orchid tree flower is colorful and fragrant. Idaṁ kho, kassapa, pāricchattakapupphaṁ vaṇṇasampannaṁ gandhasampannaṁ. You can have it, if you wish.” Sace ākaṅkhasi gaṇhā”ti.

“There’s no need. You deserve it and you should have it.” “Alaṁ, mahāsamaṇa, tvaṁyeva taṁ arahasi, tvaṁyeva taṁ gaṇhā”ti.

Uruvelā Kassapa thought, Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he dismissed me, then went to Tāvatiṁsa heaven, took an orchid tree flower, and still arrived first in the fire hut. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” “mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma maṁ paṭhamataraṁ uyyojetvā tāvatiṁsaṁ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.

Soon afterwards those dreadlocked ascetics wanted to tend the sacred fire, but were unable to split the logs. Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṁ paricaritukāmā na sakkonti kaṭṭhāni phāletuṁ. They thought, Atha kho tesaṁ jaṭilānaṁ etadahosi—“This must be because of the supernormal powers of the Great Ascetic.” “nissaṁsayaṁ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṁ na sakkoma kaṭṭhāni phāletun”ti.

The Buddha said to Uruvelā Kassapa, Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—“May the logs be split, Kassapa.” “phāliyantu, kassapa, kaṭṭhānī”ti.

“Yes, may they,” he replied. “Phāliyantu, mahāsamaṇā”ti. And five hundred logs were split all at once. Sakideva pañca kaṭṭhasatāni phāliyiṁsu.

Uruvelā Kassapa thought, Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can split logs just like that. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” “mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma kaṭṭhānipi phāliyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.

Those ascetics still wanted to tend the sacred fire, but were unable to light it. Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṁ paricaritukāmā na sakkonti aggiṁ ujjaletuṁ. They thought, Atha kho tesaṁ jaṭilānaṁ etadahosi—“This must be because of the supernormal powers of the Great Ascetic.” “nissaṁsayaṁ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṁ na sakkoma aggiṁ ujjaletun”ti.

The Buddha said to Uruvelā Kassapa, Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—“May the fires be lit, Kassapa.” “ujjaliyantu, kassapa, aggī”ti.

“Yes, may they,” he replied. “Ujjaliyantu, mahāsamaṇā”ti. And five hundred fires were lit all at once. Sakideva pañca aggisatāni ujjaliyiṁsu.

Uruvelā Kassapa thought, Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can light fires just like that. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” “mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma aggīpi ujjaliyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.

When those ascetics had tended the sacred fires, they were unable to extinguish them. Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṁ paricaritvā na sakkonti aggiṁ vijjhāpetuṁ. They thought, Atha kho tesaṁ jaṭilānaṁ etadahosi—“This must be because of the supernormal powers of the Great Ascetic.” “nissaṁsayaṁ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṁ na sakkoma aggiṁ vijjhāpetun”ti.

The Buddha said to Uruvelā Kassapa, Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—“May the fires be extinguished, Kassapa.” “vijjhāyantu, kassapa, aggī”ti.

“Yes, may they,” he replied. “Vijjhāyantu, mahāsamaṇā”ti. And the five hundred fires were extinguished all at once. Sakideva pañca aggisatāni vijjhāyiṁsu.

Uruvelā Kassapa thought, Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can extinguish fires just like that. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” “mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma aggīpi vijjhāyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.

At that time it was midwinter, with cold days and snow. During this period those ascetics emerged from the Nerañjara river, immersed themselves in it, and repeatedly emerged and immersed themselves. Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā sītāsu hemantikāsu rattīsu antaraṭṭhakāsu himapātasamaye najjā nerañjarāya ummujjantipi, nimujjantipi, ummujjananimujjanampi karonti.

Then the Buddha manifested five hundred pans with hot coals, where those ascetics could warm themselves after coming out of the water. Atha kho bhagavā pañcamattāni mandāmukhisatāni abhinimmini, yattha te jaṭilā uttaritvā visibbesuṁ. They thought, Atha kho tesaṁ jaṭilānaṁ etadahosi—“These were no doubt created by the supernormal powers of the Great Ascetic.” “nissaṁsayaṁ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathayimā mandāmukhiyo nimmitā”ti.

Uruvelā Kassapa thought, Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can manifest so many pans with hot coals. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” “mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma tāva bahū mandāmukhiyopi abhinimminissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.


Soon afterwards an unseasonal storm poured down, producing a great flood. Tena kho pana samayena mahā akālamegho pāvassi, mahā udakavāhako sañjāyi. The spot where the Buddha was staying was inundated. Yasmiṁ padese bhagavā viharati, so padeso udakena na otthaṭo hoti. The Buddha thought, Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—“Why don’t I drive back the water on all sides and walk on the dry ground in the middle?” “yannūnāhaṁ samantā udakaṁ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkameyyan”ti. And he did. Atha kho bhagavā samantā udakaṁ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkami.

Uruvelā Kassapa thought, Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo—“I hope the Great Ascetic hasn’t been swept away by the water.” Together with a number of ascetics he went by boat to where the Buddha was staying. “mā heva kho mahāsamaṇo udakena vūḷho ahosī”ti nāvāya sambahulehi jaṭilehi saddhiṁ yasmiṁ padese bhagavā viharati taṁ padesaṁ agamāsi. He saw that the Buddha had driven back the water on all sides and was walking on the dry ground in the middle. And he said to the Buddha, Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṁ samantā udakaṁ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkamantaṁ, disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Is that you, Great Ascetic?” “idaṁ nu tvaṁ, mahāsamaṇā”ti?

“It’s me, Kassapa.” “Ayamahamasmi, kassapā”ti

The Buddha rose up into the air and landed in the boat. bhagavā vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā nāvāya paccuṭṭhāsi. Uruvelā Kassapa thought, Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can displace the water. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” “mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma udakampi na pavāhissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.

Then the Buddha thought, Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—“For a long time this foolish man has thought, “cirampi kho imassa moghapurisassa evaṁ bhavissati—‘The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, but he’s not a perfected one like me.’ ‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan’ti; Let me stir him up.” yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ jaṭilaṁ saṁvejeyyan”ti. And he said to Uruvelā Kassapa, Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—“Kassapa, you’re not a perfected one or on the path to perfection. “neva ca kho tvaṁ, kassapa, arahā, nāpi arahattamaggasamāpanno. You don’t have the practice that might make you a perfected one or one on the path to perfection.” Sāpi te paṭipadā natthi, yāya tvaṁ arahā vā assasi, arahattamaggaṁ vā samāpanno”ti.

At that Uruvelā Kassapa bowed down with his head at the Buddha’s feet and said, Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Sir, I wish to receive the going forth in your presence. I wish to receive the full ordination.” “labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti.

“Kassapa, you’re the leader and chief of five hundred dreadlocked ascetics. “Tvaṁ khosi, kassapa, pañcannaṁ jaṭilasatānaṁ nāyako vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Tell them first, so that they may take appropriate action.” Tepi tāva apalokehi, yathā te maññissanti tathā te karissantī”ti.

Uruvelā Kassapa then went to those ascetics and said, Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo yena te jaṭilā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te jaṭile etadavoca—“I wish to practice the spiritual life under the Great Ascetic. Please do whatever you think is appropriate.” “icchāmahaṁ, bho, mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ carituṁ, yathā bhavanto maññanti tathā karontū”ti.

“Sir, we’ve had confidence in the Great Ascetic for a long time. If you are to practice the spiritual life under him, so will all of us.” “Cirapaṭikā mayaṁ, bho, mahāsamaṇe abhippasannā, sace bhavaṁ, mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ carissati, sabbeva mayaṁ mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ carissāmā”ti.

Then, after letting their hair and dreadlocks, their carrying poles and bundles, and their fire-worship implements be carried away by the water, they went to the Buddha. They bowed down with their heads at his feet and said, Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṁ jaṭāmissaṁ khārikājamissaṁ aggihutamissaṁ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.” “labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti.

The Buddha said, “Come, monks. “Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” “svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. And that was the full ordination of those venerables. Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi.

Nadī Kassapa saw those things being carried away by the water, and he thought, Addasā kho nadīkassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṁ jaṭāmissaṁ khārikājamissaṁ aggihutamissaṁ udake vuyhamāne, disvānassa etadahosi—“I hope my brother is okay.” “mā heva me bhātuno upasaggo ahosī”ti. He dispatched his ascetics, saying, Jaṭile pāhesi—“Go and check on my brother.” “gacchatha me bhātaraṁ jānāthā”ti. Together with the three hundred ascetics he then went to Uruvelā Kassapa and said, Sāmañca tīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā uruvelakassapo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ uruvelakassapaṁ etadavoca—“Is this better, Kassapa?” “idaṁ nu kho, kassapa, seyyo”ti?

“Yes, this is better.” “Āmāvuso, idaṁ seyyo”ti.

Then, after letting their hair and dreadlocks, their carrying poles and bundles, and their fire-worship implements be carried away by the water, they went to the Buddha. They bowed down with their heads at his feet and said, Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṁ jaṭāmissaṁ khārikājamissaṁ aggihutamissaṁ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.” “labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti.

The Buddha said, “Come, monks. “Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” “svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. And that was the full ordination of those venerables. Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi.

Gayā Kassapa saw those things being carried away by the water, and he thought, Addasā kho gayākassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṁ jaṭāmissaṁ khārikājamissaṁ aggihutamissaṁ udake vuyhamāne, disvānassa etadahosi—“I hope my brothers are okay.” “mā heva me bhātūnaṁ upasaggo ahosī”ti. He dispatched his ascetics, saying, Jaṭile pāhesi—“Go and check on my brothers.” “gacchatha me bhātaro jānāthā”ti. Together with the two hundred ascetics he then went to Uruvelā Kassapa and said, Sāmañca dvīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā uruvelakassapo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ uruvelakassapaṁ etadavoca—“Is this better, Kassapa?” “idaṁ nu kho, kassapa, seyyo”ti?

“Yes, this is better.” “Āmāvuso, idaṁ seyyo”ti.

Then, after letting their hair and dreadlocks, their carrying poles and bundles, and their fire-worship implements be carried away by the water, they went to the Buddha. They bowed down with their heads at his feet and said, Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṁ jaṭāmissaṁ khārikājamissaṁ aggihutamissaṁ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.” “labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti.

The Buddha said, “Come, monks. “Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” “svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. And that was the full ordination of those venerables. Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi.

By an act of supernormal determination the Buddha stopped five hundred logs from being split before splitting them; Bhagavato adhiṭṭhānena pañca kaṭṭhasatāni na phāliyiṁsu, phāliyiṁsu; he stopped fires from being lit before lighting them; aggī na ujjaliyiṁsu, ujjaliyiṁsu; he stopped them from being extinguished before extinguishing them; na vijjhāyiṁsu, vijjhāyiṁsu; and he manifested five hundred pans with hot coals. pañcamandāmukhisatāni abhinimmini. In this way, there were three and a half thousand wonders. Etena nayena aḍḍhuḍḍhapāṭihāriyasahassāni honti.

After staying at Uruvelā for as long as he liked, the Buddha went to Gayāsīsa together with that large sangha of one thousand monks, all of them previously dreadlocked ascetics, Atha kho bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena gayāsīsaṁ tena pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. and they stayed there. Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā gayāyaṁ viharati gayāsīse saddhiṁ bhikkhusahassena.

Then the Buddha addressed the monks: Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“Everything is burning. “Sabbaṁ, bhikkhave, ādittaṁ. What is that everything that is burning? Kiñca, bhikkhave, sabbaṁ ādittaṁ? The eye is burning. Sights are burning. Eye consciousness is burning. Eye contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of eye contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning. Cakkhu ādittaṁ, rūpā ādittā, cakkhuviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ, cakkhusamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ. Burning with what? Kena ādittaṁ? Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say. Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi.

The ear is burning. Sounds are burning. Ear consciousness is burning. Ear contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of ear contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning. Sotaṁ ādittaṁ, saddā ādittā, sotaviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ, sotasamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ sotasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ. Burning with what? Kena ādittaṁ? Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say. Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi.

The nose is burning. Smells are burning. Nose consciousness is burning. Nose contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of nose contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning. Ghānaṁ ādittaṁ, gandhā ādittā, ghānaviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ, ghānasamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ ghānasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ. Burning with what? Kena ādittaṁ? Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say. Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi.

The tongue is burning. Tastes are burning. Tongue consciousness is burning. Tongue contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of tongue contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning. Jivhā ādittā, rasā ādittā, jivhāviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ jivhāsamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ. Burning with what? Kena ādittaṁ? Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say. Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi.

The body is burning. Touches are burning. Body consciousness is burning. Body contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of body contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning. Kāyo āditto, phoṭṭhabbā ādittā, kāyaviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ kāyasamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ kāyasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ. Burning with what? Kena ādittaṁ? Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say. Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi.

The mind is burning. Mental phenomena are burning. Mind consciousness is burning. Mind contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of mind contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning. Mano āditto, dhammā ādittā, manoviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ manosamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ. Burning with what? Kena ādittaṁ? Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say. Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi.

When they see this, the learned noble disciple is repelled by the eye, repelled by sights, repelled by eye consciousness, repelled by eye contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling that arises because of eye contact. Evaṁ passaṁ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmimpi nibbindati, rūpesupi nibbindati, cakkhuviññāṇepi nibbindati, cakkhusamphassepi nibbindati, yamidaṁ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā, tasmimpi nibbindati.

They are repelled by the ear, repelled by sounds, repelled by ear consciousness, repelled by ear contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling that arises because of ear contact. Sotasmimpi nibbindati, saddesupi nibbindati …pe…

They are repelled by the nose, repelled by smells, repelled by nose consciousness, repelled by nose contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling that arises because of nose contact. ghānasmimpi nibbindati, gandhesupi nibbindati …pe…

They are repelled by the tongue, repelled by tastes, repelled by tongue consciousness, repelled by tongue contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling that arises because of tongue contact. jivhāyapi nibbindati, rasesupi nibbindati …pe…

They are repelled by the body, repelled by touches, repelled by body consciousness, repelled by body contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling that arises because of body contact. kāyasmimpi nibbindati, phoṭṭhabbesupi nibbindati …pe…

They are repelled by the mind, repelled by mental phenomena, repelled by mind consciousness, repelled by mind contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling that arises because of mind contact. manasmimpi nibbindati, dhammesupi nibbindati, manoviññāṇepi nibbindati, manosamphassepi nibbindati, yamidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tasmimpi nibbindati,

Being repelled, they become desireless. Because they are desireless, they are freed. When they are freed, they know they are freed. nibbindaṁ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṁ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṁ hoti. They understand that birth has come to an end, that the spiritual life has been fulfilled, that the job has been done, that there is no further state of existence.” Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyāti pajānātī”ti.

And while this exposition was being spoken, the minds of those one thousand monks were freed from the corruptions through letting go. Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṁ bhaññamāne tassa bhikkhusahassassa anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu.

The discourse on burning is finished. Ādittapariyāyasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

The third section for recitation on the wonders at Uruvelā is finished. Uruvelapāṭihāriyaṁ tatiyabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito.

13. The account of the meeting with Bimbisāra 13. Bimbisārasamāgamakathā

After staying at Gayāsīsa for as long as he liked, the Buddha set out wandering toward Rājagaha with that large sangha of one thousand monks, all of them previously dreadlocked ascetics. Atha kho bhagavā gayāsīse yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena rājagahaṁ tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi, mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. When he eventually arrived, Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena rājagahaṁ tadavasari. he stayed in Cane Grove at the Suppatiṭṭha Shrine. Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati laṭṭhivane suppatiṭṭhe cetiye.

King Seniya Bimbisāra of Magadha was told: Assosi kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro—“Sir, the ascetic Gotama, the Sakyan, who has gone forth from the Sakyan clan, has arrived at Rājagaha and is staying in the Cane Grove at the Suppatiṭṭha Shrine. “samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito rājagahaṁ anuppatto rājagahe viharati laṭṭhivane suppatiṭṭhe cetiye. That good Gotama has a fine reputation: Taṁ kho pana bhagavantaṁ gotamaṁ evaṁ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato—

‘He is a Buddha, perfected and fully awakened, complete in insight and conduct, happy, knower of the world, supreme leader of trainable people, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, a Buddha. itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā. With his own insight he has seen this world with its gods, its lords of death, and its supreme beings, this society with its monastics and brahmins, its gods and humans, and he makes it known to others. So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. He has a Teaching that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end. It has a true goal and is well articulated. He sets out a perfectly complete and pure spiritual life.’ So dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti. It’s good to see such perfected ones.” Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṁ arahataṁ dassanaṁ hotī”ti.

Then, accompanied by one hundred and twenty thousand brahmin householders from Magadha, King Bimbisāra went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro dvādasanahutehi māgadhikehi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Among those brahmins, some bowed to the Buddha and then sat down, some exchanged pleasantries with him and then sat down, some raised their joined palms and then sat down, some announced their name and family and then sat down, and some sat down in silence. Tepi kho dvādasanahutā māgadhikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. They thought, Atha kho tesaṁ dvādasanahutānaṁ māgadhikānaṁ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṁ etadahosi—“Is the Great Ascetic practicing the spiritual life under Uruvelā Kassapa, or is Uruvelā Kassapa practicing the spiritual life under the Great Ascetic?” “kiṁ nu kho mahāsamaṇo uruvelakassape brahmacariyaṁ carati, udāhu uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ caratī”ti?

Reading their minds, the Buddha spoke to Venerable Uruvelā Kassapa in verse: Atha kho bhagavā tesaṁ dvādasanahutānaṁ māgadhikānaṁ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṁ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya āyasmantaṁ uruvelakassapaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi—

“The resident of Uruvelā, known as The Emaciated One—“Kimeva disvā uruvelavāsi, What did he see that he abandoned the fire? Pahāsi aggiṁ kisakovadāno; Kassapa, I ask you this: Pucchāmi taṁ kassapa etamatthaṁ, Why did you abandon the fire worship?” Kathaṁ pahīnaṁ tava aggihuttan”ti.

“As a reward for the sacrifice, they promise worldly pleasures: “Rūpe ca sadde ca atho rase ca, Sights, sounds, and tastes, and women, too. Kāmitthiyo cābhivadanti yaññā; But knowing the stain of ownership, Etaṁ malanti upadhīsu ñatvā, I found no delight in worship and sacrifice.” Tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute arañjin”ti.

“So your mind didn’t delight there—“Ettheva te mano na ramittha, (kassapāti bhagavā) In sights, sounds, or tastes. Rūpesu saddesu atho rasesu; What then, in the world of gods and humans, Atha ko carahi devamanussaloke, Does your mind delight in? Tell me this, Kassapa.” Rato mano kassapa brūhi metan”ti.

“I saw the state of peace that is detached from sensual existence, “Disvā padaṁ santamanūpadhīkaṁ, Where there is nothing and no ownership; Akiñcanaṁ kāmabhave asattaṁ; It doesn’t change, and can’t be found through another. Anaññathābhāvimanaññaneyyaṁ, That’s why I found no delight in worship and sacrifice.” Tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute arañjin”ti.

Uruvelā Kassapa got up from his seat, arranged his upper robe over one shoulder, bowed down with his head at the Buddha’s feet, and said, Atha kho āyasmā uruvelakassapo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Sir, you’re my teacher, I’m your disciple; “satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmi; you’re my teacher, I’m your disciple.” satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī”ti.

The one hundred and twenty thousand brahmin householders from Magadha thought, Atha kho tesaṁ dvādasanahutānaṁ māgadhikānaṁ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṁ etadahosi—“So Uruvelā Kassapa is practicing the spiritual life under the Great Ascetic.” “uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ caratī”ti. Reading their minds, the Buddha gave them a progressive talk—Atha kho bhagavā tesaṁ dvādasanahutānaṁ māgadhikānaṁ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṁ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the downside, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation. dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. When the Buddha knew that their minds were ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas: Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi—suffering, its origin, its end, and the path. dukkhaṁ, samudayaṁ, nirodhaṁ, maggaṁ. And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly, Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya; so too, while they were sitting right there, one hundred and ten thousand of those brahmin householders headed by Bimbisāra experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: evameva ekādasanahutānaṁ māgadhikānaṁ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṁ bimbisārappamukhānaṁ tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” “yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti. The remaining ten thousand declared themselves as lay followers. Ekanahutaṁ upāsakattaṁ paṭivedesi.

King Bimbisāra had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. He had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. He then said to the Buddha, Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Sir, when I was a prince, I had five wishes, and they have now been fulfilled. “pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato pañca assāsakā ahesuṁ, te me etarahi samiddhā. When I was a prince, I thought, Pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato etadahosi—‘Oh, I wish they would anoint me as the king!’ That was my first wish, which has now been fulfilled. ‘aho vata maṁ rajje abhisiñceyyun’ti, ayaṁ kho me, bhante, paṭhamo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. ‘May one who is perfected and fully awakened come to my kingdom!’ That was my second wish, which has now been fulfilled. ‘Tassa ca me vijitaṁ arahaṁ sammāsambuddho okkameyyā’ti, ayaṁ kho me, bhante, dutiyo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. ‘May I get to visit that Buddha!’ That was my third wish, which has now been fulfilled. ‘Tañcāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāseyyan’ti, ayaṁ kho me, bhante, tatiyo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. ‘May that Buddha give me a teaching!’ That was my fourth wish, which has now been fulfilled. ‘So ca me bhagavā dhammaṁ deseyyā’ti, ayaṁ kho me, bhante, catuttho assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. ‘May I understand the Teaching of that Buddha!’ That was my fifth wish, which has now been fulfilled. ‘Tassa cāhaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ ājāneyyan’ti, ayaṁ kho me, bhante, pañcamo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. Pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato ime pañca assāsakā ahesuṁ, te me etarahi samiddhā. Wonderful, sir, wonderful! Abhikkantaṁ, bhante, abhikkantaṁ, bhante. Just as one might set upright what’s overturned, or reveal what’s hidden, or show the way to one who’s lost, or bring a lamp into the darkness so that one with eyes might see what’s there—Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya—‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; just so has the Buddha made the Teaching clear in many ways. evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. I go for refuge to the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Sangha of monks. Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Please accept me as a lay follower who’s gone for refuge for life. And please accept tomorrow’s meal from me together with the Sangha of monks.” Upāsakaṁ maṁ, bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gataṁ, adhivāsetu ca me, bhante, bhagavā, svātanāya bhattaṁ saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti. The Buddha consented by remaining silent. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Knowing that the Buddha had consented, the king got up from his seat, bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and left. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.

The following morning King Bimbisāra had various kinds of fine foods prepared. He then had the Buddha informed Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesi—that the meal was ready. “kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan”ti.

The Buddha robed up, took his bowl and robe, and together with a large sangha of a thousand monks, all previously dreadlocked ascetics, he entered Rājagaha. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ pāvisi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. Just then Sakka, the ruler of the gods, had transformed himself into a young brahmin. He walked in front of the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha, chanting these verses: Tena kho pana samayena sakko devānamindo māṇavakavaṇṇaṁ abhinimminitvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa purato purato gacchati imā gāthāyo gāyamāno—

“The Tamed One with the tamed ones, previously dreadlocked; “Danto dantehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi, The Liberated One with the liberated ones: Vippamutto vippamuttehi; Golden in color, Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo, The Buddha entered Rājagaha. Rājagahaṁ pāvisi bhagavā.

The Freed One with the freed ones, previously dreadlocked; Mutto muttehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi, The Liberated One with the liberated ones: Vippamutto vippamuttehi; Golden in color, Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo, The Buddha entered Rājagaha. Rājagahaṁ pāvisi bhagavā.

The One Crossed Over with the ones crossed over, previously dreadlocked; Tiṇṇo tiṇṇehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi, The Liberated One with the liberated ones: Vippamutto vippamuttehi; Golden in color, Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo, The Buddha entered Rājagaha. Rājagahaṁ pāvisi bhagavā.

The Peaceful One with the peaceful ones, previously dreadlocked; Santo santehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi, The Liberated One with the liberated ones: Vippamutto vippamuttehi; Golden in color, Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo, The Buddha entered Rājagaha. Rājagahaṁ pāvisi bhagavā.

He has ten abidings and ten powers; Dasavāso dasabalo, He knows ten truths and has ten qualities—Dasadhammavidū dasabhi cupeto; With a following of ten times one hundred, So dasasataparivāro, The Buddha entered Rājagaha.” Rājagahaṁ pāvisi bhagavā”ti.

People saw Sakka, and they said, Manussā sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ passitvā evamāhaṁsu—“This young brahmin is handsome and graceful. “abhirūpo vatāyaṁ māṇavako, dassanīyo vatāyaṁ māṇavako, pāsādiko vatāyaṁ māṇavako. Who is he?” Kassa nu kho ayaṁ māṇavako”ti? Sakka replied to them in verse: Evaṁ vutte, sakko devānamindo te manusse gāthāya ajjhabhāsi—

“Unwavering and tamed in all respects, “Yo dhīro sabbadhi danto, Purified, perfected, and without equal; suddho appaṭipuggalo; The one in the world who is happy—Arahaṁ sugato loke, I’m his servant.” tassāhaṁ paricārako”ti.

The Buddha then went to King Bimbisāra’s house where he sat down on the prepared seat, together with the Sangha of monks. Atha kho bhagavā yena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena. The king personally served various kinds of fine foods to the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha. When the Buddha had finished his meal, the king sat down to one side. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro buddhappamukhaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ ekamantaṁ nisīdi. And he thought, Ekamantaṁ nisinnassa kho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etadahosi—“Where will the Buddha stay “kattha nu kho bhagavā vihareyya? that’s neither too far from habitation nor too close, that has good access roads and is easily accessible for people who seek him, that has few people during the day and is quiet at night, that’s free from chatter and offers solitude, a private resting place suitable for seclusion?” Yaṁ assa gāmato neva atidūre na accāsanne, gamanāgamanasampannaṁ, atthikānaṁ atthikānaṁ manussānaṁ abhikkamanīyaṁ, divā appākiṇṇaṁ, rattiṁ appasaddaṁ appanigghosaṁ vijanavātaṁ, manussarāhasseyyakaṁ, paṭisallānasāruppan”ti. And it occurred to him, Atha kho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etadahosi—“My Bamboo Grove park has all these qualities. “idaṁ kho amhākaṁ veḷuvanaṁ uyyānaṁ gāmato neva atidūre na accāsanne gamanāgamanasampannaṁ atthikānaṁ atthikānaṁ manussānaṁ abhikkamanīyaṁ divā appākiṇṇaṁ rattiṁ appasaddaṁ appanigghosaṁ vijanavātaṁ manussarāhasseyyakaṁ paṭisallānasāruppaṁ. Why don’t I give it to the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha?” Yannūnāhaṁ veḷuvanaṁ uyyānaṁ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dadeyyan”ti.

The king then took hold of a golden ceremonial vessel and dedicated the park to the Buddha, saying, Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro sovaṇṇamayaṁ bhiṅkāraṁ gahetvā bhagavato oṇojesi—“I give this park, the Bamboo Grove, to the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha.” “etāhaṁ, bhante, veḷuvanaṁ uyyānaṁ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī”ti. The Buddha accepted the park. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṁ. After instructing, inspiring, and gladdening the king with a teaching, he got up from his seat and left. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṁ māgadhaṁ seniyaṁ bimbisāraṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Soon afterwards the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks: Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“I allow monasteries.” “anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ārāman”ti.

The account of the meeting with Bimbisāra is finished. Bimbisārasamāgamakathā niṭṭhitā.

14. The account of the going forth of Sāriputta and Moggallāna 14. Sāriputtamoggallānapabbajjākathā

At that time the wanderer Sañcaya was staying at Rājagaha with a large group of two hundred and fifty wanderers, Tena kho pana samayena sañcayo paribbājako rājagahe paṭivasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṁ aḍḍhateyyehi paribbājakasatehi. including Sāriputta and Moggallāna. Tena kho pana samayena sāriputtamoggallānā sañcaye paribbājake brahmacariyaṁ caranti. The two of them had made an agreement Tehi katikā katā hoti—that whoever reached freedom from death first would inform the other. “yo paṭhamaṁ amataṁ adhigacchati, so itarassa ārocetū”ti.

Just then, Venerable Assaji robed up in the morning, took his bowl and robe, and entered Rājagaha for almsfood. He was pleasing in his conduct: in going out and coming back, in looking ahead and looking aside, in bending and stretching his arms. His eyes were lowered, and he was perfect in deportment. Atha kho āyasmā assaji pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena, okkhittacakkhu iriyāpathasampanno. The wanderer Sāriputta observed all this Addasā kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ assajiṁ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṁ pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhuṁ iriyāpathasampannaṁ. and thought, Disvānassa etadahosi—“This monk is one of those in the world who are perfected or on the path to perfection. “ye vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṁ vā samāpannā, ayaṁ tesaṁ bhikkhu aññataro. Why don’t I go up to him and ask Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyyaṁ—in whose name he has gone forth, and who his teacher is or whose teachings he follows?” ‘kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṁ dhammaṁ rocesī’”ti? But it occurred to him, Atha kho sāriputtassa paribbājakassa etadahosi—“It’s the wrong time to ask him while he’s walking for almsfood among the houses. “akālo kho imaṁ bhikkhuṁ pucchituṁ, antaragharaṁ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati. Let me follow behind him, for one who seeks the path will find it.” Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṁ, atthikehi upaññātaṁ maggan”ti.

After walking for alms in Rājagaha, Assaji turned back with his almsfood. Atha kho āyasmā assaji rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṁ ādāya paṭikkami. Sāriputta then went up to him and exchanged pleasantries with him. Atha kho sāriputtopi paribbājako yenāyasmā assaji tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā assajinā saddhiṁ sammodi, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. And he asked, Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ assajiṁ etadavoca—“Venerable, your senses are clear and your skin is pure and bright. “vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. In whose name have you gone forth? Who is your teacher or whose teaching do you follow?” Kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṁ dhammaṁ rocesī”ti?

“There’s a great ascetic, a Sakyan who has gone forth from the Sakyan clan. I’ve gone forth in his name, he’s my teacher, and I follow his teaching.” “Atthāvuso, mahāsamaṇo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito, tāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ uddissa pabbajito, so ca me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ rocemī”ti.

“But what does he teach?” “Kiṁvādī panāyasmato satthā, kimakkhāyī”ti?

“I’ve only recently gone forth; I’m new to this spiritual path. I’m not able to give you the Teaching in full, but I can tell you the meaning in brief.” “Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito, adhunāgato imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ, na tāhaṁ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṁ desetuṁ, api ca te saṅkhittena atthaṁ vakkhāmī”ti.

Sāriputta replied, Atha kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ assajiṁ etadavoca—“Yes, please,” and he added: “hotu, āvuso—

“Speak little or much, Appaṁ vā bahuṁ vā bhāsassu, But do tell me the meaning. Atthaṁyeva me brūhi; I just want the meaning, Attheneva me attho, For what’s the point of a detailed exposition?” Kiṁ kāhasi byañjanaṁ bahun”ti.

And Assaji gave this teaching to the wanderer Sāriputta: Atha kho āyasmā assaji sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ abhāsi—

“Of causally arisen things, “Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā, The Buddha has declared their cause, Tesaṁ hetuṁ tathāgato āha; As well as their ending. Tesañca yo nirodho, This is the teaching of the Great Ascetic.” Evaṁvādī mahāsamaṇo”ti.

When he had heard this teaching, Sāriputta experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: Atha kho sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ sutvā virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” “yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.

“Now this is the truth, even just this much—“Eseva dhammo yadi tāvadeva, The sorrowless state that you have penetrated, Paccabyattha padamasokaṁ; Unseen and neglected Adiṭṭhaṁ abbhatītaṁ, For innumerable eons.” Bahukehi kappanahutehī”ti.

Then the wanderer Sāriputta went to the wanderer Moggallāna. Atha kho sāriputto paribbājako yena moggallāno paribbājako tenupasaṅkami. When Moggallāna saw him coming, he said to Sāriputta, Addasā kho moggallāno paribbājako sāriputtaṁ paribbājakaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ, disvāna sāriputtaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavoca—“Your senses are clear and your skin is pure and bright. “vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. You haven’t attained freedom from death, have you?” Kacci no tvaṁ, āvuso, amataṁ adhigato”ti?

“I have.” “Āmāvuso, amataṁ adhigato”ti.

“But how did it happen?” “Yathākathaṁ pana tvaṁ, āvuso, amataṁ adhigato”ti?

Sāriputta told him everything up to and including the teaching given by Assaji. When he had heard this teaching, Moggallāna experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, addasaṁ assajiṁ bhikkhuṁ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṁ pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhuṁ iriyāpathasampannaṁ.

Disvāna me etadahosi—‘ye vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṁ vā samāpannā, ayaṁ tesaṁ bhikkhu aññataro. Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyyaṁ—kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṁ dhammaṁ rocesī’ti. Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi—‘akālo kho imaṁ bhikkhuṁ pucchituṁ antaragharaṁ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati, yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṁ atthikehi upaññātaṁ maggan’ti. Atha kho, āvuso, assaji bhikkhu rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṁ ādāya paṭikkami. Atha khvāhaṁ, āvuso, yena assaji bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamiṁ, upasaṅkamitvā assajinā bhikkhunā saddhiṁ sammodiṁ, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho ahaṁ, āvuso, assajiṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavocaṁ—‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṁ dhammaṁ rocesī’ti? ‘Atthāvuso, mahāsamaṇo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito, tāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ uddissa pabbajito, so ca me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ rocemī’ti. ‘Kiṁvādī panāyasmato satthā kimakkhāyī’ti. ‘Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ, na tāhaṁ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṁ desetuṁ, api ca te saṅkhittena atthaṁ vakkhāmī’ti. Atha khvāhaṁ, āvuso, assajiṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavocaṁ—‘hotu, āvuso,

Appaṁ vā bahuṁ vā bhāsassu, Atthaṁyeva me brūhi; Attheneva me attho, Kiṁ kāhasi byañjanaṁ bahun’ti.

Atha kho, āvuso, assaji bhikkhu imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ abhāsi—

‘Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā, Tesaṁ hetuṁ tathāgato āha; Tesañca yo nirodho, Evaṁvādī mahāsamaṇo’”ti.

Atha kho moggallānassa paribbājakassa imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ sutvā virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” “yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhammanti.

“Now this is the truth, even just this much—Eseva dhammo yadi tāvadeva, The sorrowless state that you have penetrated, Paccabyattha padamasokaṁ; Unseen and neglected Adiṭṭhaṁ abbhatītaṁ, For innumerable eons.” Bahukehi kappanahutehī”ti.

Moggallāna said to Sāriputta, Atha kho moggallāno paribbājako sāriputtaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavoca—“Let’s go to the Buddha. He’s our teacher.” “gacchāma mayaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā”ti.

“But these two hundred and fifty wanderers look to us for support. We must tell them first, “Imāni kho, āvuso, aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni amhe nissāya amhe sampassantā idha viharanti, tepi tāva apalokema. so that they may take appropriate action.” Yathā te maññissanti, tathā te karissantī”ti. And they went to those wanderers and said, Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena te paribbājakā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā te paribbājake etadavocuṁ—“We’re going over to the Buddha. He’s our teacher.” “gacchāma mayaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā”ti.

“But we look to you for support. If you are to practice the spiritual life under the Great Ascetic, so will all of us.” “Mayaṁ āyasmante nissāya āyasmante sampassantā idha viharāma, sace āyasmantā mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ carissanti, sabbeva mayaṁ mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ carissāmā”ti.

Then Sāriputta and Moggallāna went to Sañcaya and said, Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena sañcayo paribbājako tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā sañcayaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavocuṁ—“We’re going over to the Buddha. He’s our teacher.” “gacchāma mayaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā”ti.

“Don’t go! The three of us can look after this community together.” “Alaṁ, āvuso, mā agamittha, sabbeva tayo imaṁ gaṇaṁ pariharissāmā”ti.

Sāriputta and Moggallāna said the same thing a second time Dutiyampi kho …pe… and a third time, tatiyampi kho sāriputtamoggallānā sañcayaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavocuṁ—“gacchāma mayaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā”ti. and they got the same reply. “Alaṁ, āvuso, mā agamittha, sabbeva tayo imaṁ gaṇaṁ pariharissāmā”ti. They then took those two hundred and fifty wanderers and went to the Bamboo Grove. Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā tāni aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni ādāya yena veḷuvanaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu. But the wanderer Sañcaya vomited hot blood right there. Sañcayassa pana paribbājakassa tattheva uṇhaṁ lohitaṁ mukhato uggañchi.

When the Buddha saw Sāriputta and Moggallāna coming, he said to the monks, Addasā kho bhagavā sāriputtamoggallāne dūratova āgacchante, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi—“The two friends Kolita and Upatissa are coming. “ete, bhikkhave, dve sahāyakā āgacchanti, kolito upatisso ca. They will become my most eminent disciples, an excellent pair.” Etaṁ me sāvakayugaṁ bhavissati aggaṁ bhaddayugan”ti.

They had not even reached the Bamboo Grove, Gambhīre ñāṇavisaye, Yet had a profound range of knowledge, Anuttare upadhisaṅkhaye; About the supreme end of ownership, about freedom. Vimutte appatte veḷuvanaṁ, And the Teacher said of them: Atha ne satthā byākāsi.

“These two friends are coming, “Ete dve sahāyakā, Kolita and Upatissa. Āgacchanti kolito upatisso ca; They will be an excellent pair, Etaṁ me sāvakayugaṁ, My most eminent disciples.” Bhavissati aggaṁ bhaddayugan”ti.

Sāriputta and Moggallāna approached the Buddha, bowed down with their heads at his feet, and said, Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.” “labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti. The Buddha said, “Come, monks. “Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” “svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. That was the full ordination of those venerables. Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi.

The going forth of the well-known 14.1. Abhiññātānaṁpabbajjā

At that time many well-known gentlemen from Magadha were practicing the spiritual life under the Buddha. Tena kho pana samayena abhiññātā abhiññātā māgadhikā kulaputtā bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ caranti. People complained and criticized him, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“The ascetic Gotama is making us childless; he’s making us widows. He’s breaking up good families! A thousand dreadlocked ascetics have now gone forth because of him, and also these two hundred and fifty wanderers who were disciples of Sañcaya. “aputtakatāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, vedhabyāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, kulupacchedāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, idāni anena jaṭilasahassaṁ pabbājitaṁ, imāni ca aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni sañcayāni pabbājitāni. All these well-known gentlemen from Magadha are practicing the spiritual life under the ascetic Gotama.” Ime ca abhiññātā abhiññātā māgadhikā kulaputtā samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṁ carantī”ti. And when they saw monks, they confronted them with this verse: Apissu bhikkhū disvā imāya gāthāya codenti—

“The Great Ascetic has arrived “Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo, At Giribbaja in Magadha. māgadhānaṁ giribbajaṁ; After leading away all of Sañcaya’s disciples, Sabbe sañcaye netvāna, Who will he lead away next?” kaṁsu dāni nayissatī”ti.

The monks heard the complaints of those people Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ. and they told the Buddha. … Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe… “The complaining will soon stop. It will only go on for seven days. “na, bhikkhave, so saddo ciraṁ bhavissati, sattāhameva bhavissati, sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyissati. Still, when people confront you like this, you can confront them in return with this verse: Tena hi, bhikkhave, ye tumhe imāya gāthāya codenti—

‘Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo, māgadhānaṁ giribbajaṁ; Sabbe sañcaye netvāna, kaṁsu dāni nayissatī’ti.

Te tumhe imāya gāthāya paṭicodetha—

‘Indeed, the Great Heroes, the Buddhas, ‘Nayanti ve mahāvīrā, Lead by means of a good teaching. saddhammena tathāgatā; When you understand this, what indignation can there be Dhammena nayamānānaṁ, Toward those who lead legitimately?’” kā usūyā vijānatan’”ti.

Soon, when they saw monks, people confronted them with the same verse: Tena kho pana samayena manussā bhikkhū disvā imāya gāthāya codenti—

“The Great Ascetic has arrived “Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo, At Giribbaja in Magadha. māgadhānaṁ giribbajaṁ; After leading away all of Sañcaya’s disciples, Sabbe sañcaye netvāna, Who will he lead away next?” kaṁsu dāni nayissatī”ti.

And the monks confronted them in return with this verse: Bhikkhū te manusse imāya gāthāya paṭicodenti—

“Indeed, the Great Heroes, the Buddhas, “Nayanti ve mahāvīrā, Lead by means of a good teaching. saddhammena tathāgatā; When you understand this, what indignation can there be Dhammena nayamānānaṁ, Toward those who lead legitimately?” kā usūyā vijānatan”ti.

People thought, “So it seems the Sakyan monastics lead legitimately, not illegitimately.” The complaining went on for seven days and then stopped. Manussā dhammena kira samaṇā sakyaputtiyā nenti no adhammenāti sattāhameva so saddo ahosi, sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyi.

The account of the going forth of Sāriputta and Moggallāna is finished. Sāriputtamoggallānapabbajjākathā niṭṭhitā.

The fourth section for recitation is finished. Catutthabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito.

15. Discussion of the proper conduct toward the preceptor 15. Upajjhāyavattakathā

At that time the monks did not have preceptors or teachers, and as a result they were not being instructed. When walking for almsfood, they were shabbily dressed and improper in appearance. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakā anācariyakā anovadiyamānā ananusāsiyamānā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti; While people were eating, they held out their almsbowls to receive leftovers, even right over their food, whether it was cooked or fresh food, delicacies or drinks. manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti; They ate bean curry and rice that they themselves had asked for, sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti; and they were noisy in the dining hall. bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharanti. People complained and criticized them, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“How can the Sakyan monastics act like this? “kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti; manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ, uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti; sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; They are just like brahmins at a brahminical meal!” bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti seyyathāpi brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇabhojane”ti.

The monks heard the complaints of those people. Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ. The monks of few desires, who had a sense of conscience, and who were contented, afraid of wrongdoing, and fond of the training, complained and criticized them, Ye te bhikkhū appicchā santuṭṭhā lajjino kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā, te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“How can monks act like this?” They then told the Buddha. … “kathañhi nāma bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti;

manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ, uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti; sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissantī”ti.

Atha kho te bhikkhū …pe… bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

Soon afterwards the Buddha had the Sangha gathered and questioned the monks: Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṁ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi—“Is it true, monks, that monks act like this?” “saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti, manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti, bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharantī”ti?

“It’s true, sir.” “Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

The Buddha rebuked them, Vigarahi buddho bhagavā—“It’s not suitable for those foolish men, it’s not proper, it’s not worthy of a monastic, it’s not allowable, it’s not to be done. “ananucchavikaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ moghapurisānaṁ ananulomikaṁ appatirūpaṁ assāmaṇakaṁ akappiyaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ. How can they act like this? Kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti, manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti, bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti. This will affect people’s confidence, Netaṁ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya, pasannānaṁ vā bhiyyobhāvāya. and cause some to lose it.” Atha khvetaṁ, bhikkhave, appasannānañceva appasādāya, pasannānañca ekaccānaṁ aññathattāyā”ti.

Then the Buddha spoke in many ways in dispraise of being difficult to support and maintain, in dispraise of great desires, discontent, socializing, and laziness; but he spoke in many ways in praise of being easy to support and maintain, of fewness of wishes, contentment, self-effacement, ascetic practices, serenity, reduction in things, and being energetic. After giving a teaching on what is right and proper, he addressed the monks: Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya dupposatāya mahicchatāya asantuṭṭhitāya saṅgaṇikāya kosajjassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsitvā anekapariyāyena subharatāya suposatāya appicchassa santuṭṭhassa sallekhassa dhutassa pāsādikassa apacayassa vīriyārambhassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsitvā bhikkhūnaṁ tadanucchavikaṁ tadanulomikaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“There should be a preceptor. “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upajjhāyaṁ.

The preceptor should think of his student as a son and the student his preceptor as a father. Upajjhāyo, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikamhi puttacittaṁ upaṭṭhapessati, saddhivihāriko upajjhāyamhi pitucittaṁ upaṭṭhapessati. In this way they will respect, esteem, and be considerate toward each other, and they will grow and reach greatness on this spiritual path. Evaṁ te aññamaññaṁ sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye vuḍḍhiṁ viruḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissanti.

A preceptor should be chosen like this. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, upajjhāyo gahetabbo—After arranging his upper robe over one shoulder, a student should pay respect at the feet of the potential preceptor. He should then squat on his heels, raise his joined palms, and say, ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo—‘Venerable, please be my preceptor.’ ‘upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohi; And he should repeat this a second upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohi; and a third time. upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohī’ti. If the other conveys the following by body, by speech, or by body and speech: ‘Yes;’ ‘No problem;’ ‘It’s suitable;’ ‘It’s appropriate;’ or, ‘Carry on with inspiration’—then a preceptor has been chosen. Sāhūti vā lahūti vā opāyikanti vā patirūpanti vā pāsādikena sampādehīti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, gahito hoti upajjhāyo; If the other doesn’t convey this by body, by speech, or by body and speech, then a preceptor hasn’t been chosen. na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti upajjhāyo.


“A student should conduct himself properly toward his preceptor. Saddhivihārikena, bhikkhave, upajjhāyamhi sammā vattitabbaṁ. This is the proper conduct: Tatrāyaṁ sammāvattanā—

Meals and almsround

Having gotten up at the appropriate time, the student should remove his sandals and arrange his upper robe over one shoulder. He should then give his preceptor a tooth cleaner and water for rinsing the mouth, and he should prepare a seat for him. Kālasseva vuṭṭhāya upāhanā omuñcitvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṁ dātabbaṁ, mukhodakaṁ dātabbaṁ, āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. If there is congee, he should rinse a vessel and bring the congee to his preceptor. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṁ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. When he has drunk the congee, the student should give him water and receive the vessel. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it and then put it away. Yāguṁ pītassa udakaṁ datvā bhājanaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṁ. When the preceptor has gotten up, the student should put away the seat. Upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ. If the place is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

If the preceptor wants to enter the village, the student should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. He should give him a belt. He should put the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, and then give them to him. He should rinse his preceptor’s bowl and give it to him while wet. Sace upajjhāyo gāmaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, kāyabandhanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo. If the preceptor wants an attendant, the student should put on his sarong evenly all around, covering the navel and the knees. He should put on a belt. Putting the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, he should put them on and fasten the toggle. He should rinse his bowl, bring it along, and be his preceptor’s attendant. Sace upajjhāyo pacchāsamaṇaṁ ākaṅkhati, timaṇḍalaṁ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṁ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṁ bandhitvā saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo pārupitvā gaṇṭhikaṁ paṭimuñcitvā dhovitvā pattaṁ gahetvā upajjhāyassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṁ.

He shouldn’t walk too far behind his preceptor or too close to him. He should receive the contents of his bowl. Nātidūre gantabbaṁ, nāccāsanne gantabbaṁ, pattapariyāpannaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ. He shouldn’t interrupt his preceptor when he’s speaking. Na upajjhāyassa bhaṇamānassa antarantarā kathā opātetabbā. But if the preceptor’s speech is bordering on an offense, he should stop him. Upajjhāyo āpattisāmantā bhaṇamāno nivāretabbo.

When returning, the student should go first to prepare a seat and to set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. He should go out to meet the preceptor and receive his bowl and robe. He should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. Nivattantena paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ. If the robe is damp, he should sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat. Sace cīvaraṁ sinnaṁ hoti, muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbaṁ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṁ nidahitabbaṁ; He should fold the robe, offsetting the edges by seven centimeters, cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ, cīvaraṁ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṁ kaṇṇaṁ ussāretvā cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ—so that the fold doesn’t become worn. mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. He should place the belt in the fold. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṁ kātabbaṁ.

If there is almsfood and his preceptor wants to eat, the student should give him water and then the almsfood. Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, upajjhāyo ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṁ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. He should ask his preceptor if he wants water to drink. Upajjhāyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. When the preceptor has eaten, the student should give him water and receive his bowl. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it. He should then dry it and sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat. Bhuttāvissa udakaṁ datvā pattaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā vodakaṁ katvā muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo.

The student should put away the robe and bowl. Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away. Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out. Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. When the preceptor has gotten up, the student should put away the seat and also the foot stool, the foot scraper, and the water for washing the feet. Upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ paṭisāmetabbaṁ. If the place is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

Bathing

If the preceptor wants to bathe, the student should prepare a bath. Sace upajjhāyo nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. If he wants a cold bath, he should prepare that; Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. if he wants a hot bath, he should prepare that. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ.

If the preceptor wants to take a sauna, the student should knead bath powder, moisten the clay, take a sauna bench, and follow behind his preceptor. After giving the preceptor the sauna bench, receiving his robe, and putting it aside, he should give him the bath powder and the clay. Sace upajjhāyo jantāgharaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṁ sannetabbaṁ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya upajjhāyassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṁ datvā cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ, cuṇṇaṁ dātabbaṁ, mattikā dātabbā. If he’s able, he should enter the sauna. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ. When entering the sauna, he should smear his face with clay, cover himself front and back, and then enter. Jantāgharaṁ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṁ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ. He shouldn’t sit encroaching on the senior monks, Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṁ. and he shouldn’t block the junior monks from getting a seat. Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. While in the sauna, he should provide assistance to his preceptor. Jantāghare upajjhāyassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ. When leaving the sauna, he should take the sauna bench, cover himself front and back, and then leave. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṁ.

He should also provide assistance to his preceptor in the water. Udakepi upajjhāyassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ. When he has bathed, he should be the first to come out. He should dry himself and put on his sarong. He should then wipe the water off his preceptor’s body, and he should give him his sarong and then his upper robe. Taking the sauna bench, he should be the first to return. He should prepare a seat, and also set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. He should ask his preceptor if he wants water to drink. Nahātena paṭhamataraṁ uttaritvā attano gattaṁ vodakaṁ katvā nivāsetvā upajjhāyassa gattato udakaṁ pamajjitabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ, upajjhāyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. If the preceptor wants him to recite, he should do so. Sace uddisāpetukāmo hoti, uddisitabbo. If the preceptor wants to question him, he should be questioned. Sace paripucchitukāmo hoti, paripucchitabbo.

The dwelling

If the dwelling where the preceptor is staying is dirty, the student should clean it if he’s able. Yasmiṁ vihāre upajjhāyo viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. When he’s cleaning the dwelling, he should first take out the bowl and robe and put them aside. Vihāraṁ sodhentena paṭhamaṁ pattacīvaraṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. He should take out the sitting mat and the sheet and put them aside. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. He should take out the mattress and the pillow and put them aside. Bhisibibbohanaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. Holding the bed low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside. Mañco nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo. Holding the bench low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside. Pīṭhaṁ nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. He should take out the bed supports and put them aside. Mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbā. He should take out the spittoon and put it aside. Kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo. He should take out the leaning board and put it aside. Apassenaphalakaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. After taking note of its position, he should take out the floor cover and put it aside. Bhūmattharaṇaṁ yathāpaññattaṁ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. If the dwelling has cobwebs, he should first remove them from the ceiling cloth, and he should then wipe the windows and the corners of the room. Sace vihāre santānakaṁ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṁ ohāretabbaṁ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. If the walls have been treated with red ocher and they’re moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the walls. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. If the floor has been treated with a black finish and it’s moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the floor. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. If the floor is untreated, he should sprinkle it with water and then sweep it, Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā—trying to avoid stirring up dust. mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. He should look out for any trash and discard it. Saṅkāraṁ vicinitvā ekamantaṁ chaḍḍetabbaṁ.

He should sun the floor cover, clean it, beat it, bring it back inside, and put it back as before. Bhūmattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. He should sun the bed supports, wipe them, bring them back inside, and put them back where they were. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. He should sun the bed, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbo. He should sun the bench, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before. Pīṭhaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. He should sun the mattress and the pillow, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before. Bhisibibbohanaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. He should sun the sitting mat and the sheet, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. He should sun the spittoon, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. He should sun the leaning board, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was. Apassenaphalakaṁ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṁ. He should put away the bowl and robe. Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away. Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out. Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.

If dusty winds are blowing from the east, he should close the windows on the eastern side. Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. If dusty winds are blowing from the west, he should close the windows on the western side. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. If dusty winds are blowing from the north, he should close the windows on the northern side. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. If dusty winds are blowing from the south, he should close the windows on the southern side. Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. If the weather is cold, he should open the windows during the day and close them at night. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṁ thaketabbā. If the weather is hot, he should close the windows during the day and open them at night. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṁ vivaritabbā.

If the yard is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace pariveṇaṁ uklāpaṁ hoti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjitabbaṁ. If the gatehouse is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. If the assembly hall is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. If the water-boiling shed is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. If the restroom is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. If there is no water for drinking, he should get some. Sace pānīyaṁ na hoti, pānīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ. If there is no water for washing, he should get some. Sace paribhojanīyaṁ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ. If there is no water in the restroom ablutions pot, he should fill it. Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ āsiñcitabbaṁ.

Spiritual support, etc.

If the preceptor becomes discontent with the spiritual life, the student should send him away or have him sent away, or he should give him a teaching. Sace upajjhāyassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, saddhivihārikena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. If the preceptor becomes anxious, the student should dispel it or have it dispelled, or he should give him a teaching. Sace upajjhāyassa kukkuccaṁ uppannaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena vinodetabbaṁ, vinodāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. If the preceptor has wrong view, the student should make him give it up or have someone else do it, or he should give him a teaching. Sace upajjhāyassa diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena vivecetabbaṁ, vivecāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. If the preceptor has committed a heavy offense and deserves probation, Sace upajjhāyo garudhammaṁ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the student should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa parivāsaṁ dadeyyāti. If the preceptor has committed a heavy offense and deserves to be sent back to the beginning, Sace upajjhāyo mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the student should try to get the Sangha to do it. kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyaṁ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. If the preceptor has committed a heavy offense and deserves the trial period, Sace upajjhāyo mānattāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the student should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa mānattaṁ dadeyyāti. If the preceptor has committed a heavy offense and deserves rehabilitation, Sace upajjhāyo abbhānāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the student should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyaṁ abbheyyāti.

If the Sangha wants to do a legal procedure against his preceptor—whether a procedure of condemnation, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—Sace saṅgho upajjhāyassa kammaṁ kattukāmo hoti tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the student should make an effort to stop it or to reduce the penalty. kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa kammaṁ na kareyya lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. But if the Sangha has already done a legal procedure against his preceptor—whether a procedure of condemnation, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—Kataṁ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṁ tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the student should help the preceptor conduct himself properly and suitably so as to deserve to be released, and try to get the Sangha to lift that procedure. kinti nu kho upajjhāyo sammā vatteyya, lomaṁ pāteyya, netthāraṁ vatteyya, saṅgho taṁ kammaṁ paṭippassambheyyāti.

If the preceptor’s robe needs washing, the student should do it himself, Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ dhovitabbaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena dhovitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get it done. kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ dhoviyethāti. If the preceptor needs a robe, the student should make one himself, Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ kātabbaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena kātabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get one made. kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ kariyethāti. If the preceptor needs dye, the student should make it himself, Sace upajjhāyassa rajanaṁ pacitabbaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena pacitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get it made. kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa rajanaṁ paciyethāti. If the preceptor’s robe needs dyeing, the student should do it himself, Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ rajitabbaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena rajitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get it done. kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ rajiyethāti. When he’s dyeing the robe, he should carefully and repeatedly turn it over, and shouldn’t go away while it’s still dripping. Cīvaraṁ rajantena sādhukaṁ samparivattakaṁ samparivattakaṁ rajitabbaṁ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṁ.

Without asking his preceptor for permission, he shouldn’t do any of the following: give away or receive a bowl; Na upajjhāyaṁ anāpucchā ekaccassa patto dātabbo, na ekaccassa patto paṭiggahetabbo; give away or receive a robe; na ekaccassa cīvaraṁ dātabbaṁ, na ekaccassa cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ; give away or receive a requisite; na ekaccassa parikkhāro dātabbo, na ekaccassa parikkhāro paṭiggahetabbo; cut anyone’s hair or have it cut; na ekaccassa kesā chedetabbā, na ekaccena kesā chedāpetabbā; provide assistance to anyone or have assistance provided by anyone; na ekaccassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ, na ekaccena parikammaṁ kārāpetabbaṁ; do a service for anyone or get a service done by anyone; na ekaccassa veyyāvacco kātabbo, na ekaccena veyyāvacco kārāpetabbo; be the attendant monk for anyone or take anyone as his attendant monk; na ekaccassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṁ, na ekacco pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo; bring back almsfood for anyone or get almsfood brought back by anyone; na ekaccassa piṇḍapāto nīharitabbo, na ekaccena piṇḍapāto nīharāpetabbo; enter the village, na upajjhāyaṁ anāpucchā gāmo pavisitabbo; go to the charnel ground, na susānaṁ gantabbaṁ; or leave for another region. na disā pakkamitabbā. If his preceptor is sick, he should nurse him for as long as he lives, Sace upajjhāyo gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṁ upaṭṭhātabbo; or he should wait until he’s recovered.” vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabban”ti.

The proper conduct toward the preceptor is finished. Upajjhāyavattaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

16. Discussion of the proper conduct toward a student 16. Saddhivihārikavattakathā

“And a preceptor should conduct himself properly toward his student. “Upajjhāyena, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikamhi sammā vattitabbaṁ. This is the proper conduct: Tatrāyaṁ sammāvattanā—

A preceptor should help and take care of his student through recitation, questioning, and instruction. Upajjhāyena, bhikkhave, saddhivihāriko saṅgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā. If the preceptor has a bowl, but not the student, the preceptor should give it to him, Sace upajjhāyassa patto hoti, saddhivihārikassa patto na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa patto dātabbo, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get him one. kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa patto uppajjiyethāti. If the preceptor has a robe, but not the student, the preceptor should give it to him, Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ hoti, saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ dātabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get him one. kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ uppajjiyethāti. If the preceptor has a requisite, but not the student, the preceptor should give it to him, Sace upajjhāyassa parikkhāro hoti, saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro dātabbo, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get him one. kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro uppajjiyethāti.

Meals and almsround

If the student is sick, the preceptor should get up at the appropriate time and give his student a tooth cleaner and water for rinsing the mouth, and he should prepare a seat for him. Sace saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti, kālasseva uṭṭhāya dantakaṭṭhaṁ dātabbaṁ, mukhodakaṁ dātabbaṁ, āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. If there is congee, he should rinse a vessel and bring the congee to his student. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṁ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. When he has drunk the congee, the preceptor should give him water and receive the vessel. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it and then put it away. Yāguṁ pītassa udakaṁ datvā bhājanaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṁ. When the student has gotten up, the preceptor should put away the seat. Saddhivihārikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ. If the place is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

If the student wants to enter the village, the preceptor should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. He should give him a belt. He should put the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, and then give them to him. He should rinse his student’s bowl and give it to him while wet. Sace saddhivihāriko gāmaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, kāyabandhanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo. Before he’s due back, the preceptor should prepare a seat and set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. He should go out to meet the student and receive his bowl and robe. He should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. Ettāvatā nivattissatīti āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ. If the robe is damp, he should sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat. Sace cīvaraṁ sinnaṁ hoti, muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbaṁ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṁ nidahitabbaṁ; He should fold the robe, offsetting the edges by seven centimeters, cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ, cīvaraṁ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṁ kaṇṇaṁ ussāretvā cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ—so that the fold doesn’t become worn. mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. He should place the belt in the fold. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṁ kātabbaṁ.

If there is almsfood and his student wants to eat, the preceptor should give him water and then the almsfood. Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, saddhivihāriko ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṁ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. He should ask his student if he wants water to drink. Saddhivihāriko pānīyena pucchitabbo. When the student has eaten, the preceptor should give him water and receive his bowl. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it. He should then dry it and sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat. Bhuttāvissa udakaṁ datvā pattaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā vodakaṁ katvā muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. The preceptor should put away the robe and bowl. Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away. Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out. Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. When the student has gotten up, the preceptor should put away the seat and also the foot stool, the foot scraper, and the water for washing the feet. Saddhivihārikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ paṭisāmetabbaṁ. If the place is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

Bathing

If the student wants to bathe, the preceptor should prepare a bath. Sace saddhivihāriko nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. If he wants a cold bath, he should prepare that; Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. if he wants a hot bath, he should prepare that. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ.

If the student wants to take a sauna, the preceptor should knead bath powder, moisten the clay, take a sauna bench, and go to the sauna. After giving the student the sauna bench, receiving his robe, and putting it aside, he should give him the bath powder and the clay. Sace saddhivihāriko jantāgharaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṁ sannetabbaṁ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṁ datvā cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ, cuṇṇaṁ dātabbaṁ, mattikā dātabbā. If he’s able, he should enter the sauna. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ. When entering the sauna, he should smear his face with clay, cover himself front and back, and then enter. Jantāgharaṁ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṁ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ. He shouldn’t sit encroaching on the senior monks, Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṁ. and he shouldn’t block the junior monks from getting a seat. Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. While in the sauna, he should provide assistance to his student. Jantāghare saddhivihārikassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ. When leaving the sauna, he should take the sauna bench, cover himself front and back, and then leave. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṁ.

The preceptor should also provide assistance to his student in the water. Udakepi saddhivihārikassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ. When the preceptor has bathed, he should be the first to come out. He should dry himself and put on his sarong. He should then wipe the water off his student’s body, and he should give him his sarong and then his upper robe. Nahātena paṭhamataraṁ uttaritvā attano gattaṁ vodakaṁ katvā nivāsetvā saddhivihārikassa gattato udakaṁ pamajjitabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā. Taking the sauna bench, he should be the first to return. He should prepare a seat, and also set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. Jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ. He should ask his student if he wants water to drink. Saddhivihāriko pānīyena pucchitabbo.

The dwelling

If the dwelling where the student is staying is dirty, the preceptor should clean it if he’s able. Yasmiṁ vihāre saddhivihāriko viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. When he’s cleaning the dwelling, he should first take out the bowl and robe and put them aside. Vihāraṁ sodhentena paṭhamaṁ pattacīvaraṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; He should take out the sitting mat and the sheet and put them aside. nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; He should take out the mattress and the pillow and put them aside. bhisibibbohanaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; Holding the bed low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside. mañco nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo; Holding the bench low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside. pīṭhaṁ nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; He should take out the bed supports and put them aside. mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbā; He should take out the spittoon and put it aside. kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo; He should take out the leaning board and put it aside. apassenaphalakaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; After taking note of its position, he should take out the floor cover and put it aside. bhūmattharaṇaṁ yathāpaññattaṁ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. If the dwelling has cobwebs, he should first remove them from the ceiling cloth, and he should then wipe the windows and the corners of the room. Sace vihāre santānakaṁ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṁ ohāretabbaṁ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. If the walls have been treated with red ocher and they’re moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the walls. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. If the floor has been treated with a black finish and it’s moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the floor. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. If the floor is untreated, he should sprinkle it with water and then sweep it, Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā—trying to avoid stirring up dust. mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. He should look out for any trash and discard it. Saṅkāraṁ vicinitvā ekamantaṁ chaḍḍetabbaṁ.

He should sun the floor cover, clean it, beat it, bring it back inside, and put it back as before. Bhūmattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. He should sun the bed supports, wipe them, bring them back inside, and put them back where they were. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. He should sun the bed, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbo. He should sun the bench, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before. Pīṭhaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. He should sun the mattress and the pillow, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before. Bhisibibbohanaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. He should sun the sitting mat and the sheet, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. He should sun the spittoon, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. He should sun the leaning board, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was. Apassenaphalakaṁ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṁ. He should put away the bowl and robe. Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away. Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out. Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.

If dusty winds are blowing from the east, he should close the windows on the eastern side. Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. If dusty winds are blowing from the west, he should close the windows on the western side. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. If dusty winds are blowing from the north, he should close the windows on the northern side. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. If dusty winds are blowing from the south, he should close the windows on the southern side. Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. If the weather is cold, he should open the windows during the day and close them at night. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṁ thaketabbā. If the weather is hot, he should close the windows during the day and open them at night. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṁ vivaritabbā.

If the yard is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace pariveṇaṁ uklāpaṁ hoti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjitabbaṁ. If the gatehouse is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. If the assembly hall is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. If the water-boiling shed is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. If the restroom is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. If there is no water for drinking, he should get some. Sace pānīyaṁ na hoti, pānīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ. If there is no water for washing, he should get some. Sace paribhojanīyaṁ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ. If there is no water in the restroom ablutions pot, he should fill it. Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ āsiñcitabbaṁ.

Spiritual support, etc.

If the student becomes discontent with the spiritual life, the preceptor should send him away or have him sent away, or he should give him a teaching. Sace saddhivihārikassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, upajjhāyena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. If the student becomes anxious, the preceptor should dispel it or have it dispelled, or he should give him a teaching. Sace saddhivihārikassa kukkuccaṁ uppannaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena vinodetabbaṁ, vinodāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. If the student has wrong view, the preceptor should make him give it up or have someone else do it, or he should give him a teaching. Sace saddhivihārikassa diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena vivecetabbaṁ, vivecāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. If the student has committed a heavy offense and deserves probation, Sace saddhivihāriko garudhammaṁ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the preceptor should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa parivāsaṁ dadeyyāti. If the student has committed a heavy offense and deserves to be sent back to the beginning, Sace saddhivihāriko mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the preceptor should try to get the Sangha to do it. kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikaṁ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. If the student has committed a heavy offense and deserves the trial period, Sace saddhivihāriko mānattāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the preceptor should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa mānattaṁ dadeyyāti. If the student has committed a heavy offense and deserves rehabilitation, Sace saddhivihāriko abbhānāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the preceptor should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikaṁ abbheyyāti.

If the Sangha wants to do a legal procedure against his student—whether a procedure of condemnation, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—Sace saṅgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṁ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the preceptor should make an effort to stop it or to reduce the penalty. kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṁ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. But if the Sangha has already done a legal procedure against his student—whether a procedure of condemnation, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—Kataṁ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṁ, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the preceptor should help the student conduct himself properly and suitably so as to deserve to be released, and try to get the Sangha to lift that procedure. kinti nu kho saddhivihāriko sammā vatteyya, lomaṁ pāteyya, netthāraṁ vatteyya, saṅgho taṁ kammaṁ paṭippassambheyyāti.

If the student’s robe needs washing, the preceptor should show him how to do it, Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ dhovitabbaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṁ evaṁ dhoveyyāsīti, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get it done. kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ dhoviyethāti. If the student needs a robe, the preceptor should show him how to make one, Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ kātabbaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṁ evaṁ kareyyāsīti, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get one made. kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ kariyethāti. If the student needs dye, the preceptor should show him how to make it, Sace saddhivihārikassa rajanaṁ pacitabbaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṁ evaṁ paceyyāsīti, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get it made. kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa rajanaṁ paciyethāti. If the student’s robe needs dyeing, the preceptor should show him how to do it, Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ rajitabbaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṁ, evaṁ rajeyyāsīti, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get it done. kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ rajiyethāti. When he’s dyeing the robe, he should carefully and repeatedly turn it over, Cīvaraṁ rajantena sādhukaṁ samparivattakaṁ samparivattakaṁ rajitabbaṁ. and shouldn’t go away while it’s still dripping. Na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṁ. If his student is sick, he should nurse him for as long as he lives, or he should wait until he’s recovered.” Sace saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṁ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabban”ti.

The proper conduct toward a student is finished. Saddhivihārikavattaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

17. Discussion on dismissal 17. Paṇāmitakathā

On a later occasion the students did not conduct themselves properly toward their preceptors. Tena kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattanti. The monks of few desires complained and criticized them, Ye te bhikkhū appicchā …pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“How can students not conduct themselves properly toward their preceptors?” “kathañhi nāma saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattissantī”ti. They told the Buddha. … Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe… “Is it true, monks, that students are acting like this?” “saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattantī”ti?

“It’s true, sir.” “saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

The Buddha rebuked them … Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe… “How can students not conduct themselves properly toward their preceptors?” … kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattissantīti …pe… After rebuking them … vigarahitvā …pe… he gave a teaching and addressed the monks: dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“A student should conduct himself properly toward his preceptor. “na, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikena upajjhāyamhi na sammā vattitabbaṁ. If he doesn’t, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo na sammā vatteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

They still did not conduct themselves properly. Neva sammā vattanti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You should dismiss one who doesn’t conduct himself properly. “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, asammāvattantaṁ paṇāmetuṁ.

And this is how he should be dismissed. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, paṇāmetabbo—If the preceptor conveys the following by body, by speech, or by body and speech: ‘I dismiss you;’ ‘Don’t come back here;’ ‘Remove your bowl and robe;’ or, ‘You shouldn’t attend on me’—then the student has been dismissed. ‘paṇāmemi tan’ti vā, ‘māyidha paṭikkamī’ti vā, ‘nīhara te pattacīvaran’ti vā, ‘nāhaṁ tayā upaṭṭhātabbo’ti vā, kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, paṇāmito hoti saddhivihāriko; If he doesn’t convey this by body, by speech, or by body and speech, then the student hasn’t been dismissed.” na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na paṇāmito hoti saddhivihāriko”ti.

Students who had been dismissed did not ask for forgiveness. Tena kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā paṇāmitā na khamāpenti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You should ask for forgiveness.” “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamāpetun”ti.

They still did not ask for forgiveness. Neva khamāpenti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“One who has been dismissed should ask for forgiveness. “Na, bhikkhave, paṇāmitena na khamāpetabbo. If he doesn’t, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo na khamāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

Preceptors who were asked for forgiveness did not forgive. Tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā khamāpiyamānā na khamanti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You should forgive.” “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamitun”ti.

They still did not forgive. Neva khamanti. The students left, disrobed, and joined the monastics of other religions. Saddhivihārikā pakkamantipi vibbhamantipi titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“When asked for forgiveness, you should forgive. Na, bhikkhave, khamāpiyamānena na khamitabbaṁ. If you don’t, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo na khameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

Preceptors dismissed students who were conducting themselves properly and did not dismiss those who were not. Tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā sammāvattantaṁ paṇāmenti, asammāvattantaṁ na paṇāmenti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t dismiss someone who is conducting himself properly. “Na, bhikkhave, sammāvattanto paṇāmetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. Yo paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

And you should dismiss someone who isn’t conducting himself properly. Na ca, bhikkhave, asammāvattanto na paṇāmetabbo. If you don’t, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. Yo na paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

If a student has five qualities, he should be dismissed: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo. he doesn’t have much affection for his preceptor; he doesn’t have much confidence in his preceptor; he doesn’t have much conscience in regard to his preceptor; he doesn’t have much respect for his preceptor; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his preceptor. Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo.

If a student has five qualities, he shouldn’t be dismissed: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo. he has much affection for his preceptor; he has much confidence in his preceptor; he has much conscience in regard to his preceptor; he has much respect for his preceptor; he has developed his mind much under his preceptor. Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo.

If a student has five qualities, he deserves to be dismissed: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko alaṁ paṇāmetuṁ. he doesn’t have much affection for his preceptor; he doesn’t have much confidence in his preceptor; he doesn’t have much conscience in regard to his preceptor; he doesn’t have much respect for his preceptor; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his preceptor. Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko alaṁ paṇāmetuṁ.

If a student has five qualities, he doesn’t deserve to be dismissed: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko nālaṁ paṇāmetuṁ. he has much affection for his preceptor; he has much confidence in his preceptor; he has much conscience in regard to his preceptor; he has much respect for his preceptor; he has developed his mind much under his preceptor. Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko nālaṁ paṇāmetuṁ.

If a student has five qualities, the preceptor is at fault if he doesn’t dismiss him, but not if he does: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṁ saddhivihārikaṁ appaṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti. the student doesn’t have much affection for his preceptor; he doesn’t have much confidence in his preceptor; he doesn’t have much conscience in regard to his preceptor; he doesn’t have much respect for his preceptor; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his preceptor. Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ saddhivihārikaṁ appaṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti.

If a student has five qualities, the preceptor is at fault if he dismisses him, but not if he doesn’t: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṁ saddhivihārikaṁ paṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hoti. the student has much affection for his preceptor; he has much confidence in his preceptor; he has much conscience in regard to his preceptor; he has much respect for his preceptor; he has developed his mind much under his preceptor.” Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—

imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ saddhivihārikaṁ paṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hotī”ti.


On one occasion a brahmin went to the monks and asked for the going forth, Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci. but the monks declined. Taṁ bhikkhū na icchiṁsu pabbājetuṁ. As a result, he became thin, haggard, and pale, with veins protruding all over his body. So bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṁ alabhamāno kiso ahosi lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto. The Buddha saw him, and he asked the monks, Addasā kho bhagavā taṁ brāhmaṇaṁ kisaṁ lūkhaṁ dubbaṇṇaṁ uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātaṁ dhamanisanthatagattaṁ, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi—“Why is that brahmin looking so sickly?” “kiṁ nu kho so, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇo kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto”ti? They told him what had happened. “Eso, bhante, brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci.

Taṁ bhikkhū na icchiṁsu pabbājetuṁ. So bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṁ alabhamāno kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto”ti.

The Buddha said, Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—“Does anyone remember any act of service from that brahmin?” “ko nu kho, bhikkhave, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṁ sarasī”ti?

Venerable Sāriputta replied, Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“I do, sir.” “ahaṁ kho, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṁ sarāmī”ti.

“What service do you remember, Sāriputta?” “Kiṁ pana tvaṁ, sāriputta, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṁ sarasī”ti?

“When I was walking for almsfood here in Rājagaha, that brahmin gave a ladleful of food.” “Idha me, bhante, so brāhmaṇo rājagahe piṇḍāya carantassa kaṭacchubhikkhaṁ dāpesi. Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṁ sarāmī”ti.

“Good, good, Sāriputta, superior people have gratitude. “Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta, kataññuno hi, sāriputta, sappurisā katavedino. Well then, Sāriputta, give that brahmin the going forth and the full ordination.” Tena hi tvaṁ, sāriputta, taṁ brāhmaṇaṁ pabbājehi upasampādehī”ti.

“But how should I do it?” “Kathāhaṁ, bhante, taṁ brāhmaṇaṁ pabbājemi upasampādemī”ti?

The Buddha then gave a teaching and addressed the monks: Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“From today I rescind the full ordination through the taking of the three refuges. “yā sā, bhikkhave, mayā tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampadā anuññātā, taṁ ajjatagge paṭikkhipāmi. Instead you should give the full ordination through a legal procedure consisting of one motion and three announcements. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ñatticatutthena kammena upasampādetuṁ.

And the ordination should be done like this. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, upasampādetabbo. A competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha: Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—

‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. So-and-so wants the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. If the Sangha is ready, it should give the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. This is the motion. Esā ñatti.

Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. So-and-so wants the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up. yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

For the second time, I speak on this matter. Dutiyampi etamatthaṁ vadāmi—Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. So-and-so wants the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up. yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

For the third time, I speak on this matter. Tatiyampi etamatthaṁ vadāmi—Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. So-and-so wants the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up. yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

The Sangha has given the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. The Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I’ll remember it thus.’” Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’”ti.

On a later occasion, a monk misbehaved immediately after his full ordination. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upasampannasamanantarā anācāraṁ ācarati. The monks told him, Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—“Don’t do that. It’s not allowable.” “māvuso, evarūpaṁ akāsi, netaṁ kappatī”ti. So evamāha—

“But I didn’t ask you to ordain me. “nevāhaṁ āyasmante yāciṁ upasampādetha manti. Why did you ordain me without being asked?” Kissa maṁ tumhe ayācitā upasampāditthā”ti? They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone who hasn’t asked. “Na, bhikkhave, ayācitena upasampādetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. I allow you to give the full ordination to someone who has asked. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yācitena upasampādetuṁ.

And this is how they should ask. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, yācitabbo. After approaching the Sangha, the one who wants the full ordination should arrange his upper robe over one shoulder and pay respect at the feet of the monks. He should then squat on his heels, raise his joined palms, and say: Tena upasampadāpekkhena saṅghaṁ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo—‘Venerables, I ask the Sangha for the full ordination. Please lift me up out of compassion.’ ‘saṅghaṁ, bhante, upasampadaṁ yācāmi, ullumpatu maṁ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṁ upādāyā’ti. And he should ask a second Dutiyampi yācitabbo. and a third time. Tatiyampi yācitabbo. A competent and capable monk should then inform the Sangha: Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—

‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. So-and-so wants the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. So-and-so is asking the Sangha for the full ordination with so-and-so as his preceptor. Itthannāmo saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. If the Sangha is ready, it should give the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. This is the motion. Esā ñatti.

Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. So-and-so wants the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. So-and-so is asking the Sangha for the full ordination with so-and-so as his preceptor. Itthannāmo saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up. yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

For the second time, I speak on this matter. … Dutiyampi etamatthaṁ vadāmi …pe… For the third time, I speak on this matter. … tatiyampi etamatthaṁ vadāmi …pe….

The Sangha has given the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. The Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I’ll remember it thus.’” Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’”ti.


At that time in Rājagaha, there was a succession of fine meals. Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe paṇītānaṁ bhattānaṁ bhattapaṭipāṭi aṭṭhitā hoti. A certain brahmin thought, Atha kho aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi—“These Sakyan monastics have pleasant habits and a happy life. They eat nice food and sleep in beds sheltered from the wind. “ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Why don’t I go forth with the Sakyan monastics?” Yannūnāhaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyan”ti.

Then that brahmin went to the monks and asked for the going forth. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci. The monks gave him the going forth and the full ordination. Taṁ bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ upasampādesuṁ. When he had gone forth, that succession of meals came to a stop. Tasmiṁ pabbajite bhattapaṭipāṭi khīyittha. The monks said to him, Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—“Come, let’s walk for alms.” “ehi dāni, āvuso, piṇḍāya carissāmā”ti. So evamāha—

“I didn’t go forth to walk for alms. “nāhaṁ, āvuso, etaṅkāraṇā pabbajito piṇḍāya carissāmīti. If you give me some, I’ll eat it. If not, I’ll disrobe.” Sace me dassatha bhuñjissāmi, no ce me dassatha vibbhamissāmī”ti.

“But did you go forth for the sake of your stomach?” “Kiṁ pana tvaṁ, āvuso, udarassa kāraṇā pabbajito”ti?

“Yes.” “Evamāvuso”ti.

The monks of few desires complained and criticized him, Ye te bhikkhū appicchā …pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“How could a monk go forth on this well-proclaimed spiritual path for the sake of his stomach?” “kathañhi nāma bhikkhu evaṁ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kāraṇā pabbajissatī”ti.

They told the Buddha. … Te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe… “Is it true, monk, that you did this?” “saccaṁ kira tvaṁ, bhikkhu, udarassa kāraṇā pabbajito”ti?

“It’s true, sir.” “Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

The Buddha rebuked him … Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe… “Foolish man, how could you go forth on this well-proclaimed spiritual path for the sake of your stomach? kathañhi nāma tvaṁ, moghapurisa, evaṁ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kāraṇā pabbajissasi. This will affect people’s confidence …” Netaṁ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya pasannānaṁ vā bhiyyobhāvāya …pe… After rebuking him … vigarahitvā …pe… he gave a teaching and addressed the monks: dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“When you are giving the full ordination, you should point out the four supports: “anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādentena cattāro nissaye ācikkhituṁ—

  1. One gone forth is supported by almsfood. You should persevere with this for life. piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṁ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo; There are these additional allowances: atirekalābho—a meal for the Sangha, a meal for designated monks, an invitational meal, a meal for which lots are drawn, a half-monthly meal, a meal on the observance day, and a meal on the day after the observance day. saṅghabhattaṁ, uddesabhattaṁ, nimantanaṁ, salākabhattaṁ, pakkhikaṁ, uposathikaṁ, pāṭipadikaṁ.
  2. One gone forth is supported by rag-robes. You should persevere with this for life. Paṁsukūlacīvaraṁ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo; There are these additional allowances: atirekalābho—linen, cotton, silk, wool, sunn hemp, and hemp. khomaṁ, kappāsikaṁ, koseyyaṁ, kambalaṁ, sāṇaṁ, bhaṅgaṁ.
  3. One gone forth is supported by the foot of a tree as a resting place. You should persevere with this for life. Rukkhamūlasenāsanaṁ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo; There are these additional allowances: atirekalābho—a dwelling, a stilt house, and a cave. vihāro, aḍḍhayogo, pāsādo, hammiyaṁ, guhā.
  4. One gone forth is supported by medicine of fermented urine. You should persevere with this for life. Pūtimuttabhesajjaṁ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo; There are these additional allowances: atirekalābho—ghee, butter, oil, honey, and syrup.” sappi, navanītaṁ, telaṁ, madhu, phāṇitan”ti.

The fifth section for recitation on the proper conduct toward the preceptor is finished. Upajjhāyavattabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito pañcamo.

18. Discussion of the proper conduct toward a teacher 18. Ācariyavattakathā

Soon afterwards a young brahmin went to the monks and asked for the going forth. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci. The monks told him about the four supports. Tassa bhikkhū paṭikacceva nissaye ācikkhiṁsu. He said, So evamāha—“Venerables, if you had told me about this after my going forth, I would have been fine. “sace me, bhante, pabbajite nissaye ācikkheyyātha, abhirameyyāmahaṁ. But now I won’t go forth, Na dānāhaṁ, bhante, pabbajissāmi; for these supports are disgusting and repulsive to me.” jegucchā me nissayā paṭikūlā”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t point out the supports beforehand. “Na, bhikkhave, paṭikacceva nissayā ācikkhitabbā. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. Yo ācikkheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. You should point out the supports immediately after the full ordination.” Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampannasamanantarā nissaye ācikkhitun”ti.

At that time, monks in groups of two and three gave the full ordination. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū duvaggenapi tivaggenapi gaṇena upasampādenti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the full ordination in groups of less than ten. “Na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavaggena gaṇena upasampādetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. You should give the full ordination in groups of ten or more than ten.” Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavaggena vā atirekadasavaggena vā gaṇena upasampādetun”ti.

At that time monks who only had one or two years of seniority gave the full ordination, Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ekavassāpi duvassāpi saddhivihārikaṁ upasampādenti. among them Venerable Upasena of Vaṅganta. Āyasmāpi upaseno vaṅgantaputto ekavasso saddhivihārikaṁ upasampādesi.

After completing the rainy-season residence, he had two years of seniority and his student had one. The two of them went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down. So vassaṁvuṭṭho duvasso ekavassaṁ saddhivihārikaṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Since it is the custom for Buddhas to greet newly-arrived monks, Āciṇṇaṁ kho panetaṁ buddhānaṁ bhagavantānaṁ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ paṭisammodituṁ. the Buddha said to Upasena, Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upasenaṁ vaṅgantaputtaṁ etadavoca—“I hope you’re keeping well, monk, I hope you’re getting by? “kacci, bhikkhu, khamanīyaṁ, kacci yāpanīyaṁ, I hope you’re not tired from traveling?” kacci tvaṁ appakilamathena addhānaṁ āgato”ti?

“I’m keeping well, sir, I’m getting by. “Khamanīyaṁ, bhagavā, yāpanīyaṁ, bhagavā. I’m not tired from traveling.” Appakilamathena mayaṁ, bhante, addhānaṁ āgatā”ti.

When Buddhas know what is going on, sometimes they ask and sometimes not. They know the right time to ask and when not to ask. Jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti, kālaṁ viditvā pucchanti, kālaṁ viditvā na pucchanti; Buddhas ask when it is beneficial, otherwise not, atthasaṁhitaṁ tathāgatā pucchanti; no anatthasaṁhitaṁ. for Buddhas are incapable of doing what is unbeneficial. Anatthasaṁhite setughāto tathāgatānaṁ. Buddhas question the monks for two reasons: to give a teaching or to lay down a training rule. Dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti— dhammaṁ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṁ vā sikkhāpadaṁ paññapessāmāti.

The Buddha said to Upasena, “How long have you been a monk?” Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upasenaṁ vaṅgantaputtaṁ etadavoca— “kativassosi tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

“Two years, sir.” “Duvassohaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

“And this monk?” “Ayaṁ pana bhikkhu kativasso”ti?

“One year.” “Ekavasso, bhagavā”ti.

“And what’s his relationship to you?” “Kiṁ tāyaṁ bhikkhu hotī”ti?

“He’s my student.” “Saddhivihāriko me, bhagavā”ti.

The Buddha rebuked him, Vigarahi buddho bhagavā—“It’s not suitable, foolish man, it’s not proper, it’s not worthy of a monastic, it’s not allowable, it’s not to be done. “ananucchavikaṁ, moghapurisa, ananulomikaṁ appatirūpaṁ assāmaṇakaṁ akappiyaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ. You ought to be taught and instructed by others. What, then, makes you think that you should teach and instruct another person? Kathañhi nāma tvaṁ, moghapurisa, aññehi ovadiyo anusāsiyo aññaṁ ovadituṁ anusāsituṁ maññissasi. You have turned to indulgence too readily, that is, by forming a group. Atilahuṁ kho tvaṁ, moghapurisa, bāhullāya āvatto, yadidaṁ gaṇabandhikaṁ. This will affect people’s confidence …” Netaṁ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya pasannānaṁ vā bhiyyobhāvāya …pe… After rebuking him … vigarahitvā …pe… he gave a teaching and addressed the monks: dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“You shouldn’t give the full ordination if you have less than ten years of seniority. “na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavassena upasampādetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. I allow you to give the full ordination if you have ten or more years of seniority.” Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetun”ti.

Then, Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū—once they had ten years of seniority, dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—ignorant and incompetent monks gave the full ordination. bālā abyattā upasampādenti. As a result there were ignorant preceptors with knowledgeable students, Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā. incompetent preceptors with competent students, Dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā, saddhivihārikā byattā. uneducated preceptors with learned students, Dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā. and foolish preceptors with wise students. Dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto. A monk who had been a monastic in another religion even refuted his preceptor, despite being legitimately corrected by him. He then returned to that religious community. Aññataropi aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṁ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṁ āropetvā taṁyeva titthāyatanaṁ saṅkami.

The monks of few desires complained and criticized them, Ye te bhikkhū appicchā …pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“How can ignorant and incompetent monks give the full ordination just because they have ten years of seniority? “kathañhi nāma bhikkhū—dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—bālā abyattā upasampādessanti. There are ignorant preceptors with knowledgeable students, incompetent preceptors with competent students, uneducated preceptors with learned students, and foolish preceptors with wise students.” Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto”ti.

They told the Buddha. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. He said, “Is it true, monks, that this is happening?” “Saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū—dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—bālā abyattā upasampādenti. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto”ti?

“It’s true, sir.” “Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

The Buddha rebuked them … Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe… “How can those foolish men give the full ordination just because they have ten years of seniority? “kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā—dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—bālā abyattā upasampādessanti. The consequences are evident. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto. This will affect people’s confidence …” Netaṁ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya …pe… After rebuking them … vigarahitvā …pe… he gave a teaching and addressed the monks: dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“An ignorant and incompetent monk shouldn’t give the full ordination. “na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena upasampādetabbo. If he does, he commits an offense of wrong conduct. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. I allow a competent and capable monk who has ten or more years of seniority to give the full ordination.” Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetun”ti.

At that time there were preceptors who went away, disrobed, died, or joined another religion or sect, and as a result their students were not being instructed. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū upajjhāyesu pakkantesupi vibbhantesupi kālaṅkatesupi pakkhasaṅkantesupi anācariyakā anovadiyamānā ananusāsiyamānā When walking for almsfood, they were shabbily dressed and improper in appearance. dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti, While people were eating, they held out their almsbowls to receive leftovers, even right over their food, whether it was cooked or fresh food, delicacies or drinks. manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi uparisāyanīyepi uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti; They ate bean curry and rice that they themselves had asked for, sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti; and they were noisy in the dining hall. bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharanti.

People complained and criticized them, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“How can the Sakyan monastics act like this? “kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti; manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uparisāyanīyepi uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti; sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; They are just like brahmins at a brahminical meal.” bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti, seyyathāpi brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇabhojane”ti.

The monks heard the complaints of those people. … Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ …pe… They then told the Buddha. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. “Is it true, monks … ?” “Saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave …pe…

“It’s true, sir.” … “saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti …pe…

After rebuking them, the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks: vigarahitvā dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“There should be a teacher. “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ācariyaṁ.

The teacher should think of his pupil as a son and the pupil his teacher as a father. Ācariyo, bhikkhave, antevāsikamhi puttacittaṁ upaṭṭhāpessati, antevāsiko ācariyamhi pitucittaṁ upaṭṭhāpessati. In this way they will respect, esteem, and be considerate toward each other, and they will grow and reach greatness on this spiritual path. Evaṁ te aññamaññaṁ sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye vuddhiṁ viruḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissanti.

You should live with formal support for ten years. And I allow a monk of ten years’ seniority to give such support. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavassaṁ nissāya vatthuṁ, dasavassena nissayaṁ dātuṁ.

A teacher should be chosen like this. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, ācariyo gahetabbo. After arranging his upper robe over one shoulder, a pupil should pay respect at the feet of a potential teacher. He should then squat on his heels, raise his joined palms, and say, Ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo—‘Venerable, please be my teacher. I wish to live with formal support from you.’ ‘ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi; And he should repeat this a second ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi; and a third time. ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmī’ti. If the other conveys the following by body, by speech, or by body and speech: ‘Yes;’ ‘No problem;’ ‘It’s suitable;’ ‘It’s appropriate;’ or, ‘Carry on with inspiration’—then a teacher has been chosen. ‘Sāhū’ti vā ‘lahū’ti vā ‘opāyikan’ti vā ‘patirūpan’ti vā ‘pāsādikena sampādehī’ti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, gahito hoti ācariyo; If the other doesn’t convey this by body, by speech, or by body and speech, then a teacher hasn’t been chosen. na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti ācariyo.


“A pupil should conduct himself properly toward his teacher. Antevāsikena, bhikkhave, ācariyamhi sammā vattitabbaṁ. This is the proper conduct: Tatrāyaṁ sammāvattanā—

Meals and almsround

Having gotten up at the appropriate time, the pupil should remove his sandals, and arrange his upper robe over one shoulder. He should then give his teacher a tooth cleaner and water for rinsing the mouth, and he should prepare a seat for him. Kālasseva uṭṭhāya upāhanaṁ omuñcitvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṁ dātabbaṁ, mukhodakaṁ dātabbaṁ, āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. If there is congee, he should rinse a vessel and bring the congee to his teacher. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṁ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. When he has drunk the congee, the pupil should give him water and receive the vessel. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it and then put it away. Yāguṁ pītassa udakaṁ datvā bhājanaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṁ. When the teacher has gotten up, the pupil should put away the seat. Ācariyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ. If the place is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

If the teacher wants to enter the village, the pupil should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. He should give him a belt. He should put the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, and then give them to him. He should rinse his teacher’s bowl and give it to him while wet. Sace ācariyo gāmaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, kāyabandhanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo. If the teacher wants an attendant, the pupil should put on his sarong evenly all around, covering the navel and the knees. He should put on a belt. Putting the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, he should put them on and fasten the toggle. He should rinse his bowl, bring it along, and be his teacher’s attendant. Sace ācariyo pacchāsamaṇaṁ ākaṅkhati, timaṇḍalaṁ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṁ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṁ bandhitvā saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo pārupitvā gaṇṭhikaṁ paṭimuñcitvā dhovitvā pattaṁ gahetvā ācariyassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṁ.

He shouldn’t walk too far behind his teacher or too close to him. He should receive the contents of his bowl. Nātidūre gantabbaṁ, nāccāsanne gantabbaṁ, pattapariyāpannaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ. He shouldn’t interrupt his teacher when he’s speaking. Na ācariyassa bhaṇamānassa antarantarā kathā opātetabbā. But if the teacher’s speech is bordering on an offense, he should stop him. Ācariyo āpattisāmantā bhaṇamāno nivāretabbo.

When returning, the pupil should go first to prepare a seat and to set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. He should go out to meet the teacher and receive his bowl and robe. He should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. Nivattantena paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ. If the robe is damp, he should sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat. Sace cīvaraṁ sinnaṁ hoti, muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbaṁ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṁ nidahitabbaṁ. He should fold the robe, Cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ. offsetting the edges by seven centimeters, Cīvaraṁ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṁ kaṇṇaṁ ussāretvā cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ—so that the fold doesn’t become worn. mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. He should place the belt in the fold. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṁ kātabbaṁ.

If there is almsfood and his teacher wants to eat, the pupil should give him water and then the almsfood. Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, ācariyo ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṁ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. He should ask his teacher if he wants water to drink. Ācariyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. When the teacher has eaten, the pupil should give him water and receive his bowl. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it. He should then dry it and sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat. Bhuttāvissa udakaṁ datvā pattaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā vodakaṁ katvā muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo.

The pupil should put away the robe and bowl. Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away. Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out. Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. When the teacher has gotten up, the pupil should put away the seat and also the foot stool, the foot scraper, and the water for washing the feet. Ācariyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ paṭisāmetabbaṁ. If the place is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

Bathing

If the teacher wants to bathe, the pupil should prepare a bath. Sace ācariyo nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. If he wants a cold bath, he should prepare that; Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. if he wants a hot bath, he should prepare that. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ.

If the teacher wants to take a sauna, the pupil should knead bath powder, moisten the clay, take a sauna bench, and follow behind his teacher. After giving the teacher the sauna bench, receiving his robe, and putting it aside, he should give him the bath powder and the clay. Sace ācariyo jantāgharaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṁ sannetabbaṁ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya ācariyassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṁ datvā cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ, cuṇṇaṁ dātabbaṁ, mattikā dātabbā. If he’s able, he should enter the sauna. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ. When entering the sauna, he should smear his face with clay, cover himself front and back, and then enter. Jantāgharaṁ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṁ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ. He shouldn’t sit encroaching on the senior monks, Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṁ. and he shouldn’t block the junior monks from getting a seat. Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. While in the sauna, he should provide assistance to his teacher. Jantāghare ācariyassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ. When leaving the sauna, he should take the sauna bench, cover himself front and back, and then leave. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṁ.

He should also provide assistance to his teacher in the water. Udakepi ācariyassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ. When he has bathed, he should be the first to come out. He should dry himself and put on his sarong. He should then wipe the water off his teacher’s body, and he should give him his sarong and then his upper robe. Taking the sauna bench, he should be first to return. He should prepare a seat, and also set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. Nahātena paṭhamataraṁ uttaritvā attano gattaṁ vodakaṁ katvā nivāsetvā ācariyassa gattato udakaṁ pamajjitabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ. He should ask his teacher if he wants water to drink. Ācariyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. If the teacher wants him to recite, he should do so. Sace uddisāpetukāmo hoti, uddisāpetabbo. If the teacher wants to question him, he should be questioned. Sace paripucchitukāmo hoti, paripucchitabbo.

The dwelling

If the dwelling where the teacher is staying is dirty, the pupil should clean it if he’s able. Yasmiṁ vihāre ācariyo viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. When he’s cleaning the dwelling, he should first take out the bowl and robe and put them aside. Vihāraṁ sodhentena paṭhamaṁ pattacīvaraṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; He should take out the sitting mat and the sheet and put them aside. nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; He should take out the mattress and the pillow and put them aside. bhisibibbohanaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; Holding the bed low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside. mañco nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo; Holding the bench low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside. pīṭhaṁ nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; He should take out the bed supports and put them aside. mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbā; He should take out the spittoon and put it aside. kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo; He should take out the leaning board and put it aside. apassenaphalakaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; After taking note of its position, he should take out the floor cover and put it aside. bhūmattharaṇaṁ yathāpaññattaṁ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. If the dwelling has cobwebs, he should first remove them from the ceiling cloth, and he should then wipe the windows and the corners of the room. Sace vihāre santānakaṁ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṁ ohāretabbaṁ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. If the walls have been treated with red ocher and they’re moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the walls. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. If the floor has been treated with a black finish and it’s moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the floor. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. If the floor is untreated, he should sprinkle it with water and then sweep it, Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā—trying to avoid stirring up dust. mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. He should look out for any trash and discard it. Saṅkāraṁ vicinitvā ekamantaṁ chaḍḍetabbaṁ.

He should sun the floor cover, clean it, beat it, bring it back inside, and put it back as before. Bhūmattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. He should sun the bed supports, wipe them, bring them back inside, and put them back where they were. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. He should sun the bed, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbo. He should sun the bench, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before. Pīṭhaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. He should sun the mattress and the pillow, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before. Bhisibibbohanaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. He should sun the sitting mat and the sheet, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. He should sun the spittoon, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. He should sun the leaning board, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was. Apassenaphalakaṁ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṁ. He should put away the bowl and robe. Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away. Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out. Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.

If dusty winds are blowing from the east, he should close the windows on the eastern side. Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. If dusty winds are blowing from the west, he should close the windows on the western side. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. If dusty winds are blowing from the north, he should close the windows on the northern side. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. If dusty winds are blowing from the south, he should close the windows on the southern side. Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. If the weather is cold, he should open the windows during the day and close them at night. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṁ thaketabbā. If the weather is hot, he should close the windows during the day and open them at night. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṁ vivaritabbā.

If the yard is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace pariveṇaṁ uklāpaṁ hoti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjitabbaṁ. If the gatehouse is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. If the assembly hall is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. If the water-boiling shed is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. If the restroom is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. If there is no water for drinking, he should get some. Sace pānīyaṁ na hoti, pānīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ. If there is no water for washing, he should get some. Sace paribhojanīyaṁ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ. If there is no water in the restroom ablutions pot, he should fill it. Sace ācamanakumbhiyaṁ udakaṁ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ āsiñcitabbaṁ.

Spiritual support, etc.

If the teacher becomes discontent with the spiritual life, the pupil should send him away or have him sent away, or he should give him a teaching. Sace ācariyassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, antevāsikena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. If the teacher becomes anxious, the pupil should dispel it or have it dispelled, or he should give him a teaching. Sace ācariyassa kukkuccaṁ uppannaṁ hoti, antevāsikena vinodetabbaṁ, vinodāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. If the teacher has wrong view, the pupil should make him give it up or have someone else do it, or he should give him a teaching. Sace ācariyassa diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ hoti, antevāsikena vivecetabbaṁ, vivecāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. If the teacher has committed a heavy offense and deserves probation, Sace ācariyo garudhammaṁ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the pupil should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa parivāsaṁ dadeyyāti. If the teacher has committed a heavy offense and deserves to be sent back to the beginning, Sace ācariyo mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the pupil should try to get the Sangha to do it. kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyaṁ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. If the teacher has committed a heavy offense and deserves the trial period, Sace ācariyo mānattāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the pupil should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa mānattaṁ dadeyyāti. If the teacher has committed a heavy offense and deserves rehabilitation, Sace ācariyo abbhānāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the pupil should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyaṁ abbheyyāti.

If the Sangha wants to do a legal procedure against his teacher—whether a procedure of condemnation, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—Sace saṅgho ācariyassa kammaṁ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the pupil should make an effort to stop it or to reduce the penalty. kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa kammaṁ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. But if the Sangha has already done a legal procedure against his teacher—whether a procedure of condemnation, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—Kataṁ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṁ, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the pupil should help the teacher conduct himself properly and suitably so as to deserve to be released, and try to get the Sangha to lift that procedure. kinti nu kho ācariyo sammā vatteyya, lomaṁ pāteyya, netthāraṁ vatteyya, saṅgho taṁ kammaṁ paṭippassambheyyāti.

If the teacher’s robe needs washing, the pupil should do it himself, Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṁ dhovitabbaṁ hoti, antevāsikena dhovitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get it done. kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṁ dhoviyethāti. If the teacher needs a robe, the pupil should make one himself, Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṁ kātabbaṁ hoti, antevāsikena kātabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get one made. kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṁ kariyethāti. If the teacher needs dye, the pupil should make it himself, Sace ācariyassa rajanaṁ pacitabbaṁ hoti, antevāsikena pacitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get it made. kinti nu kho ācariyassa rajanaṁ paciyethāti. If the teacher’s robe needs dyeing, the pupil should do it himself, Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṁ rajitabbaṁ hoti, antevāsikena rajitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get it done. kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṁ rajiyethāti. When he’s dyeing the robe, he should carefully and repeatedly turn it over, and shouldn’t go away while it’s still dripping. Cīvaraṁ rajantena sādhukaṁ samparivattakaṁ samparivattakaṁ rajitabbaṁ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṁ.

Without asking his teacher for permission, he shouldn’t do any of the following: give away or receive a bowl; Na ācariyaṁ anāpucchā ekaccassa patto dātabbo, na ekaccassa patto paṭiggahetabbo; give away na ekaccassa cīvaraṁ dātabbaṁ; or receive a robe; na ekaccassa cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ; give away na ekaccassa parikkhāro dātabbo; or receive a requisite; na ekaccassa parikkhāro paṭiggahetabbo; cut anyone’s hair na ekaccassa kesā chedetabbā; or have it cut; na ekaccena kesā chedāpetabbā; provide assistance to anyone na ekaccassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ; or have assistance provided by anyone; na ekaccena parikammaṁ kārāpetabbaṁ; do a service for anyone na ekaccassa veyyāvacco kātabbo; or get a service done by anyone; na ekaccena veyyāvacco kārāpetabbo; be the attendant monk for anyone na ekaccassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṁ; or take anyone as his attendant monk; na ekacco pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo; bring back almsfood for anyone na ekaccassa piṇḍapāto nīharitabbo; or get almsfood brought back by anyone; na ekaccena piṇḍapāto nīharāpetabbo. enter the village, go to the charnel ground, or leave for another region. Na ācariyaṁ anāpucchā gāmo pavisitabbo, na susānaṁ gantabbaṁ, na disā pakkamitabbā. If his teacher is sick, he should nurse him for as long as he lives, or he should wait until he’s recovered.” Sace ācariyo gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṁ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabban”ti.

The proper conduct toward a teacher is finished. Ācariyavattaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

19. Discussion of the proper conduct toward a pupil 19. Antevāsikavattakathā

“And a teacher should conduct himself properly toward his pupil. “Ācariyena, bhikkhave, antevāsikamhi sammā vattitabbaṁ. This is the proper conduct: Tatrāyaṁ sammāvattanā—

A teacher should help and take care of his pupil through recitation, questioning, and instruction. Ācariyena, bhikkhave, antevāsiko saṅgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā. If the teacher has a bowl, but not the pupil, the teacher should give it to him, Sace ācariyassa patto hoti, antevāsikassa patto na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa patto dātabbo, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get him one. kinti nu kho antevāsikassa patto uppajjiyethāti. If the teacher has a robe, but not the pupil, the teacher should give it to him, Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṁ hoti, antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ dātabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get him one. kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ uppajjiyethāti. If the teacher has a requisite, but not the pupil, the teacher should give it to him, Sace ācariyassa parikkhāro hoti, antevāsikassa parikkhāro na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa parikkhāro dātabbo, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—or he should make an effort to get him one. kinti nu kho antevāsikassa parikkhāro uppajjiyethāti.

Meals and almsround

If the pupil is sick, the teacher should get up at the appropriate time and give his pupil a tooth cleaner and water for rinsing the mouth, and he should prepare a seat for him. Sace antevāsiko gilāno hoti, kālasseva uṭṭhāya dantakaṭṭhaṁ dātabbaṁ, mukhodakaṁ dātabbaṁ, āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. If there is congee, he should rinse a vessel and bring the congee to his pupil. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṁ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. When he has drunk the congee, the teacher should give him water and receive the vessel. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it and then put it away. Yāguṁ pītassa udakaṁ datvā bhājanaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṁ. When the pupil has gotten up, the teacher should put away the seat. Antevāsikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ. If the place is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

If the pupil wants to enter the village, the teacher should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. He should give him a belt. He should put the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, and then give them to him. He should rinse his pupil’s bowl and give it to him while wet. Sace antevāsiko gāmaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, kāyabandhanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo.

Before he’s due back, the teacher should prepare a seat and set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. He should go out to meet the pupil and receive his bowl and robe. He should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. Ettāvatā nivattissatīti āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ. If the robe is damp, he should sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat. Sace cīvaraṁ sinnaṁ hoti, muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbaṁ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṁ nidahitabbaṁ. He should fold the robe, Cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ. offsetting the edges by seven centimeters, Cīvaraṁ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṁ kaṇṇaṁ ussāretvā cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ—so that the fold doesn’t become worn. mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. He should place the belt in the fold. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṁ kātabbaṁ.

If there is almsfood and his pupil wants to eat, the teacher should give him water and then the almsfood. Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, antevāsiko ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṁ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. He should ask his pupil if he wants water to drink. Antevāsiko pānīyena pucchitabbo. When the pupil has eaten, the teacher should give him water and receive his bowl. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it. He should then dry it and sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat. Bhuttāvissa udakaṁ datvā pattaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā vodakaṁ katvā muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. The teacher should put away the robe and bowl. Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away. Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out. Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. When the pupil has gotten up, the teacher should put away the seat and also the foot stool, the foot scraper, and the water for washing the feet. Antevāsikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ paṭisāmetabbaṁ. If the place is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

Bathing

If the pupil wants to bathe, the teacher should prepare a bath. Sace antevāsiko nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. If he wants a cold bath, he should prepare that; Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. if he wants a hot bath, he should prepare that. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ.

If the pupil wants to take a sauna, the teacher should knead bath powder, moisten the clay, take a sauna bench, and go to the sauna. After giving the pupil the sauna bench, receiving his robe, and putting it aside, he should give him the bath powder and the clay. Sace antevāsiko jantāgharaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṁ sannetabbaṁ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṁ datvā cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ, cuṇṇaṁ dātabbaṁ, mattikā dātabbā. If he’s able, he should enter the sauna. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ. When entering the sauna, he should smear his face with clay, cover himself front and back, and then enter. Jantāgharaṁ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṁ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ. He shouldn’t sit encroaching on the senior monks, and he shouldn’t block the junior monks from getting a seat. Na ca there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṁ, na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. While in the sauna, he should provide assistance to his pupil. Jantāghare antevāsikassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ. When leaving the sauna, he should take the sauna bench, cover himself front and back, and then leave. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṁ.

The teacher should also provide assistance to his pupil in the water. Udakepi antevāsikassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ. When the teacher has bathed, he should be the first to come out. He should dry himself and put on his sarong. He should then wipe the water off his pupil’s body, and he should give him his sarong and then his upper robe. Taking the sauna bench, he should be first to return. He should prepare a seat, and also set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. Nahātena paṭhamataraṁ uttaritvā attano gattaṁ vodakaṁ katvā nivāsetvā antevāsikassa gattato udakaṁ pamajjitabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ. He should ask his pupil if he wants water to drink. Antevāsiko pānīyena pucchitabbo.

The dwelling

If the dwelling where the pupil is staying is dirty, the teacher should clean it if he’s able. Yasmiṁ vihāre antevāsiko viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. When he’s cleaning the dwelling, he should first take out the bowl and robe and put them aside. Vihāraṁ sodhentena paṭhamaṁ pattacīvaraṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; He should take out the sitting mat and the sheet and put them aside. nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; He should take out the mattress and the pillow and put them aside. bhisibibbohanaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; Holding the bed low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside. mañco nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo; Holding the bench low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside. pīṭhaṁ nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; He should take out the bed supports and put them aside. mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbā; He should take out the spittoon and put it aside. kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo; He should take out the leaning board and put it aside. apassenaphalakaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; After taking note of its position, he should take out the floor cover and put it aside. bhūmattharaṇaṁ yathāpaññattaṁ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. If the dwelling has cobwebs, he should first remove them from the ceiling cloth, and he should then wipe the windows and the corners of the room. Sace vihāre santānakaṁ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṁ otāretabbaṁ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. If the walls have been treated with red ocher and they’re moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the walls. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. If the floor has been treated with a black finish and it’s moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the floor. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. If the floor is untreated, he should sprinkle it with water and then sweep it, Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā—trying to avoid stirring up dust. mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. He should look out for any trash and discard it. Saṅkāraṁ vicinitvā ekamantaṁ chaḍḍetabbaṁ.

He should sun the floor cover, clean it, beat it, bring it back inside, and put it back as before. Bhūmattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. He should sun the bed supports, wipe them, bring them back inside, and put them back where they were. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. He should sun the bed, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbo. He should sun the bench, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before. Pīṭhaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. He should sun the mattress and the pillow, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before. Bhisibibbohanaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. He should sun the sitting mat and the sheet, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. He should sun the spittoon, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. He should sun the leaning board, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was. Apassenaphalakaṁ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṁ. He should put away the bowl and robe. Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away. Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out. Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.

If dusty winds are blowing from the east, he should close the windows on the eastern side. Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. If dusty winds are blowing from the west, he should close the windows on the western side. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. If dusty winds are blowing from the north, he should close the windows on the northern side. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. If dusty winds are blowing from the south, he should close the windows on the southern side. Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. If the weather is cold, he should open the windows during the day and close them at night. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṁ thaketabbā. If the weather is hot, he should close the windows during the day and open them at night. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṁ vivaritabbā.

If the yard is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace pariveṇaṁ uklāpaṁ hoti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjitabbaṁ. If the gatehouse is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. If the assembly hall is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. If the water-boiling shed is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. If the restroom is dirty, he should sweep it. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. If there is no water for drinking, he should get some. Sace pānīyaṁ na hoti, pānīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ. If there is no water for washing, he should get some. Sace paribhojanīyaṁ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ. If there is no water in the restroom ablutions pot, he should fill it. Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ āsiñcitabbaṁ.

Spiritual support, etc.

If the pupil becomes discontent with the spiritual life, the teacher should send him away or have him sent away, or he should give him a teaching. Sace antevāsikassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, ācariyena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. If the pupil becomes anxious, the teacher should dispel it or have it dispelled, or he should give him a teaching. Sace antevāsikassa kukkuccaṁ uppannaṁ hoti, ācariyena vinodetabbaṁ, vinodāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. If the pupil has wrong view, the teacher should make him give it up or have someone else do it, or he should give him a teaching. Sace antevāsikassa diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ hoti, ācariyena vivecetabbaṁ, vivecāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. If the pupil has committed a heavy offense and deserves probation, Sace antevāsiko garudhammaṁ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the teacher should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. kinti nu kho saṅgho, antevāsikassa parivāsaṁ dadeyyāti. If the pupil has committed a heavy offense and deserves to be sent back to the beginning, Sace antevāsiko mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the teacher should try to get the Sangha to do it. kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikaṁ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. If the pupil has committed a heavy offense and deserves the trial period, Sace antevāsiko mānattāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the teacher should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikassa mānattaṁ dadeyyāti. If the pupil has committed a heavy offense and deserves rehabilitation, Sace antevāsiko abbhānāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the teacher should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikaṁ abbheyyāti.

If the Sangha wants to do a legal procedure against his pupil—whether a procedure of condemnation, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—Sace saṅgho antevāsikassa kammaṁ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the teacher should make an effort to stop it or to reduce the penalty. kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikassa kammaṁ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. But if the Sangha has already done a legal procedure against his pupil—whether a procedure of condemnation, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—Kataṁ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṁ, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—the teacher should help the pupil conduct himself properly and suitably so as to deserve to be released, and try to get the Sangha to lift that procedure. kinti nu kho antevāsiko sammā vatteyya, lomaṁ pāteyya, netthāraṁ vatteyya, saṅgho taṁ kammaṁ paṭippassambheyyāti.

If the pupil’s robe needs washing, the teacher should show him how to do it, Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ dhovitabbaṁ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṁ—‘evaṁ dhoveyyāsī’ti, or he should make an effort to get it done. ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ dhoviyethāti. If the pupil needs a robe, the teacher should show him how to make one, Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ kātabbaṁ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṁ—‘evaṁ kareyyāsī’ti, or he should make an effort to get one made. ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ kariyethāti. If the pupil needs dye, the teacher should show him how to make it, Sace antevāsikassa rajanaṁ pacitabbaṁ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṁ—‘evaṁ paceyyāsī’ti, or he should make an effort to get it made. ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—kinti nu kho antevāsikassa rajanaṁ paciyethāti. If the pupil’s robe needs dyeing, the teacher should show him how to do it, Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ rajitabbaṁ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṁ—‘evaṁ rajeyyāsī’ti, or he should make an effort to get it done. ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ rajiyethāti. When he’s dyeing the robe, he should carefully and repeatedly turn it over, and shouldn’t go away while it’s still dripping. Cīvaraṁ rajantena sādhukaṁ samparivattakaṁ samparivattakaṁ rajitabbaṁ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṁ. If his pupil is sick, he should nurse him for as long as he lives, or he should wait until he’s recovered.” Sace antevāsiko gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṁ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabban”ti.

The proper conduct toward a pupil is finished. Antevāsikavattaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

The sixth section for recitation is finished. Chaṭṭho bhāṇavāro.

20. Asking for forgiveness when dismissed 20. Paṇāmanākhamāpanā

On a later occasion the pupils did not conduct themselves properly toward their teachers. … Tena kho pana samayena antevāsikā ācariyesu na sammā vattanti …pe… They told the Buddha. … bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…

“A pupil should conduct himself properly toward his teacher. “na, bhikkhave, antevāsikena ācariyamhi na sammā vattitabbaṁ. If he doesn’t, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo na sammā vatteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

They still did not conduct themselves properly. Neva sammā vattanti. They told the Buddha. … Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…

“You should dismiss one who doesn’t conduct himself properly. “anujānāmi, bhikkhave, asammāvattantaṁ paṇāmetuṁ.

And this is how he should be dismissed. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, paṇāmetabbo—If the teacher conveys the following by body, by speech, or by body and speech: ‘I dismiss you;’ ‘Don’t come back here;’ ‘Remove your bowl and robe;’ or, ‘You shouldn’t attend on me’—paṇāmemi tanti vā, māyidha paṭikkamīti vā, nīhara te pattacīvaranti vā, nāhaṁ tayā upaṭṭhātabboti vā. then the pupil has been dismissed. Kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, paṇāmito hoti antevāsiko; If he doesn’t convey this by body, by speech, or by body and speech, then the pupil hasn’t been dismissed.” na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na paṇāmito hoti antevāsiko”ti.

Pupils who had been dismissed did not ask for forgiveness. Tena kho pana samayena antevāsikā paṇāmitā na khamāpenti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You should ask for forgiveness.” “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamāpetun”ti.

They still did not ask for forgiveness. Neva khamāpenti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“One who has been dismissed should ask for forgiveness. “Na, bhikkhave, paṇāmitena na khamāpetabbo. If he doesn’t, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo na khamāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

Teachers who were asked for forgiveness did not forgive. Tena kho pana samayena ācariyā khamāpiyamānā na khamanti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You should forgive.” “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamitun”ti.

They still did not forgive. Neva khamanti. The pupils left, disrobed, and joined the monastics of other religions. Antevāsikā pakkamantipi vibbhamantipi titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“When asked for forgiveness, you should forgive. “Na, bhikkhave, khamāpiyamānena na khamitabbaṁ. If you don’t, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo na khameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

Teachers dismissed pupils who were conducting themselves properly and did not dismiss those who were not. Tena kho pana samayena ācariyā sammāvattantaṁ paṇāmenti, asammāvattantaṁ na paṇāmenti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t dismiss someone who is conducting himself properly. “Na, bhikkhave, sammāvattanto paṇāmetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. Yo paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

And you should dismiss someone who isn’t conducting himself properly. Na ca, bhikkhave, asammāvattanto na paṇāmetabbo. If you don’t, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. Yo na paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

If a pupil has five qualities, he should be dismissed: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko paṇāmetabbo. he doesn’t have much affection for his teacher; he doesn’t have much confidence in his teacher; he doesn’t have much conscience in regard to his teacher; he doesn’t have much respect for his teacher; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his teacher. Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko paṇāmetabbo.

If a pupil has five qualities, he shouldn’t be dismissed: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko na paṇāmetabbo. he has much affection for his teacher; he has much confidence in his teacher; he has much conscience in regard to his teacher; he has much respect for his teacher; he has developed his mind much under his teacher. Ācariyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko na paṇāmetabbo.

If a pupil has five qualities, he deserves to be dismissed: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko alaṁ paṇāmetuṁ. he doesn’t have much affection for his teacher; he doesn’t have much confidence in his teacher; he doesn’t have much conscience in regard to his teacher; he doesn’t have much respect for his teacher; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his teacher. Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko alaṁ paṇāmetuṁ.

If a pupil has five qualities, he doesn’t deserve to be dismissed: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko nālaṁ paṇāmetuṁ. he has much affection for his teacher; he has much confidence in his teacher; he has much conscience in regard to his teacher; he has much respect for his teacher; he has developed his mind much under his teacher. Ācariyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko nālaṁ paṇāmetuṁ.

If a pupil has five qualities, the teacher is at fault if he doesn’t dismiss him, but not if he does: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṁ antevāsikaṁ appaṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti. the pupil doesn’t have much affection for his teacher; he doesn’t have much confidence in his teacher; he doesn’t have much conscience in regard to his teacher; he doesn’t have much respect for his teacher; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his teacher. Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ antevāsikaṁ appaṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti.

If a pupil has five qualities, the teacher is at fault if he dismisses him, but not if he doesn’t: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṁ antevāsikaṁ paṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hoti. the pupil has much affection for his teacher; he has much confidence in his teacher; he has much conscience in regard to his teacher; he has much respect for his teacher; he has developed his mind much under his teacher.” Ācariyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ antevāsikaṁ paṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hotī”ti.

Asking for forgiveness when dismissed is finished. Paṇāmanā khamāpanā niṭṭhitā.

21. The ignorant and incompetent 21. Bālaabyattavatthu

Then, once they had ten years of seniority, ignorant and incompetent monks gave formal support. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū, dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti, bālā abyattā nissayaṁ denti. As a result there were ignorant teachers with knowledgeable pupils, Dissanti ācariyā bālā, antevāsikā paṇḍitā. incompetent teachers with competent pupils, Dissanti ācariyā abyattā, antevāsikā byattā. uneducated teachers with learned pupils, Dissanti ācariyā appassutā, antevāsikā bahussutā. and foolish teachers with wise pupils. Dissanti ācariyā duppaññā, antevāsikā paññavanto.

The monks of few desires complained and criticized them, Ye te bhikkhū appicchā …pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“How can ignorant and incompetent monks give formal support, just because they have ten years of seniority? “kathañhi nāma bhikkhū—dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—bālā abyattā nissayaṁ dassanti. There are ignorant teachers with knowledgeable pupils, incompetent teachers with competent pupils, uneducated teachers with learned pupils, and foolish teachers with wise pupils.” Dissanti ācariyā bālā antevāsikā paṇḍitā, dissanti ācariyā abyattā antevāsikā byattā, dissanti ācariyā appassutā antevāsikā bahussutā, dissanti ācariyā duppaññā antevāsikā paññavanto”ti.

They told the Buddha. … Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe… “Is it true, monks, that this is happening?” “saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū—dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—bālā abyattā nissayaṁ denti …pe…

“It’s true, sir.” “saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

The Buddha rebuked them … Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe… vigarahitvā …pe… He then gave a teaching and addressed the monks: dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“An ignorant and incompetent monk shouldn’t give formal support. “na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena nissayo dātabbo. If he does, he commits an offense of wrong conduct. Yo dadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. I allow a competent and capable monk who has ten or more years of seniority to give formal support.” Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā nissayaṁ dātun”ti.

The section on the ignorant and incompetent is finished. Bālaabyattavatthu niṭṭhitaṁ.

22. Discussion of the ending of formal support 22. Nissayapaṭippassaddhikathā

At that time there were preceptors and teachers who went away, disrobed, died, or joined another religion or sect, but their pupils did not know about the ending of support. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ācariyupajjhāyesu pakkantesupi vibbhantesupi kālaṅkatesupi pakkhasaṅkantesupi nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo na jānanti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“There are these five reasons why the formal support from a preceptor comes to an end: “Pañcimā, bhikkhave, nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā—the preceptor goes away; the preceptor disrobes; the preceptor dies; the preceptor joins another religion or sect; or the preceptor orders it. upajjhāyo pakkanto vā hoti, vibbhanto vā, kālaṅkato vā, pakkhasaṅkanto vā, āṇattiyeva pañcamī. Imā kho, bhikkhave, pañca nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā.

There are these six reasons why the formal support from a teacher comes to an end: Chayimā, bhikkhave, nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā—the teacher goes away; the teacher disrobes; the teacher dies; the teacher joins another religion or sect; the teacher orders it; or one is reunited with one’s preceptor.” ācariyo pakkanto vā hoti, vibbhanto vā, kālaṅkato vā, pakkhasaṅkanto vā, āṇattiyeva pañcamī, upajjhāyena vā samodhānagato hoti. Imā kho, bhikkhave, cha nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā.

The discussion of the ending of formal support is finished. Nissayapaṭippassaddhikathā niṭṭhitā.

23. The five requirements for giving the full ordination 23. Upasampādetabbapañcaka

“A monk who has five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He doesn’t have the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained. Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He has the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.


“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He neither has it himself nor encourages others in the virtue, Attanā na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; stillness, attanā na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; wisdom, attanā na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; freedom, attanā na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained. attanā na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He both has it himself and encourages others in the virtue, Attanā asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; stillness, attanā asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; wisdom, attanā asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; freedom, attanā asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained. attanā asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.


“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He has no faith, conscience, or moral prudence; and he is lazy and absentminded. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He has faith, conscience, moral prudence, energy, and mindfulness. Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.


“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He has failed in the higher morality, in conduct, and in view; and he’s ignorant and foolish. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He hasn’t failed in the higher morality, in conduct, or in view; he’s learned and wise. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.


“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He’s not capable of three things in regard to a student: to nurse him or have him nursed when he’s sick; to send him away or have him sent away when he’s discontent with the spiritual life; and to use the Teaching to dispel anxiety. And he doesn’t know the offenses; and he doesn’t know how offenses are cleared. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā gilānaṁ upaṭṭhātuṁ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṁ vā, anabhirataṁ vūpakāsetuṁ vā vūpakāsāpetuṁ vā, uppannaṁ kukkuccaṁ dhammato vinodetuṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṁ na jānāti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He’s capable of three things in regard to a student: to nurse him or have him nursed when he’s sick; to send him away or have him sent away when he’s discontent with the spiritual life; and to use the Teaching to dispel anxiety. And he knows the offenses; and he knows how offenses are cleared. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā gilānaṁ upaṭṭhātuṁ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṁ vā, anabhirataṁ vūpakāsetuṁ vā vūpakāsāpetuṁ vā, uppannaṁ kukkuccaṁ dhammato vinodetuṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṁ jānāti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.


“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He’s not capable of five things in regard to a student: to train him in good conduct; to train him in the basics of the spiritual life; to train him in the Teaching; to train him in the Monastic Law; to use the Teaching to make him give up wrong views. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṁ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṁ, abhidhamme vinetuṁ, abhivinaye vinetuṁ, uppannaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ dhammato vivecetuṁ—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He’s capable of five things in regard to a student: to train him in good conduct; to train him in the basics of the spiritual life; to train him in the Teaching; to train him in the Monastic Law; to use the Teaching to make him give up wrong views. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṁ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṁ, abhidhamme vinetuṁ, abhivinaye vinetuṁ, uppannaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ dhammato vivecetuṁ—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.


“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; neither Monastic Code has been properly learned by him in detail, and he hasn’t analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, or investigated them well, either in terms of the rules or their detailed exposition. Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he has properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail, and he has analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition. Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.


“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; he has less than ten years of seniority. Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he has ten or more years of seniority.” Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo”ti.

The section consisting of sixteen groups of five requirements for giving the full ordination is finished. Upasampādetabbapañcakasoḷasavāro niṭṭhito.

24. The six requirements for giving the full ordination 24. Upasampādetabbachakka

“A monk who has six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. “Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He doesn’t have the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained, and he has less than ten years of seniority. Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He has the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained, and he has ten or more years of seniority. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.


“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He neither has it himself nor encourages others in the virtue, Attanā na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; stillness, attanā na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; wisdom, attanā na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; freedom, attanā na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained, attanā na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā; and he has less than ten years of seniority. ūnadasavasso hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He both has it himself and encourages others in the virtue, stillness, Attanā asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā attanā asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā. wisdom, Attanā asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā. freedom, Attanā asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā. and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained, Attanā asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā; and he has ten or more years of seniority. dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.


“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He has no faith, conscience, or moral prudence; he is lazy and absentminded; and he has less than ten years of seniority. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He has faith, conscience, moral prudence, energy, mindfulness, and ten or more years of seniority. Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.


“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He has failed in the higher morality, in conduct, and in view; he’s ignorant and foolish; and he has less than ten years of seniority. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He hasn’t failed in the higher morality, in conduct, or in view; he’s learned and wise; and he has ten or more years of seniority. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.


“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He’s not capable of three things in regard to a student: to nurse him or have him nursed when he’s sick; to send him away or have him sent away when he’s discontent with the spiritual life; to use the Teaching to dispel anxiety. And he doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know how offenses are cleared; and he has less than ten years of seniority. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā gilānaṁ upaṭṭhātuṁ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṁ vā, anabhirataṁ vūpakāsetuṁ vā vūpakāsāpetuṁ vā, uppannaṁ kukkuccaṁ dhammato vinodetuṁ, āpattiṁ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṁ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He’s capable of three things in regard to a student: to nurse him or have him nursed when he’s sick; to send him away or have him sent away when he’s discontent with the spiritual life; to use the Teaching to dispel anxiety. And he knows the offenses; he knows how offenses are cleared; and he has ten or more years of seniority. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā gilānaṁ upaṭṭhātuṁ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṁ vā, anabhirataṁ vūpakāsetuṁ vā vūpakāsāpetuṁ vā, uppannaṁ kukkuccaṁ dhammato vinodetuṁ, āpattiṁ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṁ jānāti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.


“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He’s not capable of five things in regard to a student: to train him in good conduct; to train him in the basics of the spiritual life; to train him in the Teaching; to train him in the Monastic Law; or to use the Teaching to make him give up wrong views. And he has less than ten years of seniority. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṁ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṁ, abhidhamme vinetuṁ, abhivinaye vinetuṁ, uppannaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ dhammato vivecetuṁ, ūnadasavasso hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He’s capable of five things in regard to a student: to train him in good conduct; to train him in the basics of the spiritual life; to train him in the Teaching; to train him in the Monastic Law; and to use the Teaching to make him give up wrong views. And he has ten or more years of seniority. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṁ ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṁ, abhidhamme vinetuṁ, abhivinaye vinetuṁ, uppannaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ dhammato vivecetuṁ, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.


“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; neither Monastic Code has been properly learned by him in detail, and he hasn’t analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, or investigated them well, either in terms of the rules or their detailed exposition; he has less than ten years of seniority. Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, ūnadasavasso hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. He knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he has properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail, and he has analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition; he has ten or more years of seniority.” Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo”ti.

The section consisting of fourteen groups of six requirements for giving the full ordination is finished. Upasampādetabbachakkacuddasavāro niṭṭhito.

25. Discussion on those who have been monastics of another religion 25. Aññatitthiyapubbakathā

Soon afterwards that monk who had been a monastic of another religion, and who had returned to that religious community after refuting his preceptor, Tena kho pana samayena yo so aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṁ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṁ āropetvā taṁyeva titthāyatanaṁ saṅkami. came back to the monks and asked for the full ordination. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṁ yāci. The monks told the Buddha. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“Monks, when someone who has been a monastic of another religion refutes his preceptor after being legitimately corrected by him and then returns to that religion, but then comes back from that religious community once more, he shouldn’t be given the full ordination. “Yo so, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṁ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṁ āropetvā taṁyeva titthāyatanaṁ saṅkanto, so āgato na upasampādetabbo.

Anyone else who has been a monastic of another religion, and who wants the going forth and the full ordination on this spiritual path, should be given four months of probation. Yo so, bhikkhave, aññopi aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṁ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ, tassa cattāro māse parivāso dātabbo.

And it should be given like this. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbo—First he should shave off his hair and beard and put on the ocher robes. He should then arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, pay respect at the feet of the monks, squat on his heels, and raise his joined palms. He should then be told to say this: paṭhamaṁ kesamassuṁ ohārāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṁ paggaṇhāpetvā ‘evaṁ vadehī’ti vattabbo—

‘I go for refuge to the Buddha, ‘Buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, I go for refuge to the Teaching, Dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, I go for refuge to the Sangha. Saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi.

For the second time, I go for refuge to the Buddha, Dutiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, For the second time, I go for refuge to the Teaching, Dutiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, For the second time, I go for refuge to the Sangha. Dutiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi.

For the third time, I go for refuge to the Buddha, Tatiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, For the third time, I go for refuge to the Teaching, Tatiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, For the third time, I go for refuge to the Sangha.’ Tatiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmī’ti.

Then, after approaching the Sangha, he who had been a monastic of another religion should arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, pay respect at the feet of the monks, squat on his heels, and raise his joined palms. He should then say this: Tena, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbena saṅghaṁ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo—‘Venerables, I have been a monastic of another religion, and I wish for the full ordination on this spiritual path. ‘ahaṁ, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhāmi upasampadaṁ. I ask the Sangha for four months of probation.’ Sohaṁ, bhante, saṅghaṁ cattāro māse parivāsaṁ yācāmī’ti. And he should ask a second Dutiyampi yācitabbo. and a third time. Tatiyampi yācitabbo. A competent and capable monk should then inform the Sangha: Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—

‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. So-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion, wants the full ordination on this spiritual path. Ayaṁ itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ. He is asking the Sangha for four months of probation. So saṅghaṁ cattāro māse parivāsaṁ yācati. If the Sangha is ready, it should give four months of probation to so-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ saṅgho itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsaṁ dadeyya. This is the motion. Esā ñatti.

Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. So-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion, wants the full ordination on this spiritual path. Ayaṁ itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ. He is asking the Sangha for four months of probation. So saṅghaṁ cattāro māse parivāsaṁ yācati. The Sangha gives four months of probation to so-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion. Saṅgho itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsaṁ deti. Any monk who approves of giving four months of probation to so-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion, should remain silent. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsassa dānaṁ, so tuṇhassa; Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up. yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

The Sangha has given so-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion, four months of probation. Dinno saṅghena itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāso. The Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I’ll remember it thus.’ Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’ti.

Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti, evaṁ anārādhako. And this is how someone who has been a monastic of another religion fails his probation: Kathañca, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti?

  • He enters the village too early and returns too late in the day. Idha, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo atikālena gāmaṁ pavisati, atidivā paṭikkamati. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.
  • He regularly associates with sex workers, widows, single women, <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍakas</i>, and nuns. Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo vesiyāgocaro vā hoti, vidhavāgocaro vā hoti, thullakumārikāgocaro vā hoti, paṇḍakagocaro vā hoti, bhikkhunigocaro vā hoti. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.
  • He’s not skilled or diligent in the various duties of his fellow monastics, and he lacks the proper judgment to organize and perform them well. Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṁ uccāvacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha na dakkho hoti, na analaso, na tatrupāyāya vīmaṁsāya samannāgato, na alaṁ kātuṁ, na alaṁ saṁvidhātuṁ. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.
  • He doesn’t have a keen desire for recitation, for questioning, for the higher morality, for the higher mind, or for the higher wisdom. Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo na tibbacchando hoti uddese, paripucchāya, adhisīle, adhicitte, adhipaññāya. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.
  • He’s displeased when anyone disparages the teacher, the views, the beliefs, the persuasion, or the opinions of the religious community he’s left; but he’s pleased when anyone disparages the Buddha, the Teaching, or the Sangha. Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā avaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho. He’s pleased when anyone praises the teacher, the views, the beliefs, the persuasion, or the opinions of the religious community he’s left; but he’s displeased when anyone praises the Buddha, the Teaching, or the Sangha. Yassa vā pana titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho. This last one is the critical factor for someone who has been a monastic of another religion to fail his probation. Idaṁ, bhikkhave, saṅghātanikaṁ aññatitthiyapubbassa anārādhanīyasmiṁ. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.

When he fails in this way, he shouldn’t be given the full ordination. Evaṁ anārādhako kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo āgato na upasampādetabbo.

And this is how someone who has been a monastic of another religion passes his probation: Kathañca, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti?

  • He doesn’t enter the village too early or return too late in the day. Idha, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo nātikālena gāmaṁ pavisati nātidivā paṭikkamati. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.
  • He doesn’t regularly associate with sex workers, widows, single women, <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍakas</i>, or nuns. Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo na vesiyāgocaro hoti, na vidhavāgocaro hoti, na thullakumārikāgocaro hoti, na paṇḍakagocaro hoti, na bhikkhunigocaro hoti. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.
  • He’s skilled and diligent in the various duties of his fellow monastics, and he has the proper judgment to organize and perform them well. Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṁ uccāvacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha dakkho hoti, analaso, tatrupāyāya vīmaṁsāya samannāgato, alaṁ kātuṁ, alaṁ saṁvidhātuṁ. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.
  • He has a keen desire for recitation, for questioning, for the higher morality, for the higher mind, and for the higher wisdom. Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo tibbacchando hoti uddese, paripucchāya, adhisīle, adhicitte, adhipaññāya. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.
  • He’s pleased when anyone disparages the teacher, the views, the beliefs, the persuasion, or the opinions of the religious community he’s left; but he’s displeased when anyone disparages the Buddha, the Teaching, or the Sangha. Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa avaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho. He’s displeased when anyone praises the teacher, the views, the beliefs, the persuasion, or the opinions of the religious community he’s left; but he’s pleased when anyone praises the Buddha, the Teaching, or the Sangha. Yassa vā pana titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho. This last one is the critical factor for someone who has been a monastic of another religion to pass his probation. Idaṁ, bhikkhave, saṅghātanikaṁ aññatitthiyapubbassa ārādhanīyasmiṁ. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.

When he passes in this way, he should be given the full ordination. Evaṁ ārādhako kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo āgato upasampādetabbo.

If someone who has been a monastic of another religion arrives naked, a robe should be sought through his preceptor. Sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo naggo āgacchati, upajjhāyamūlakaṁ cīvaraṁ pariyesitabbaṁ. If he arrives with hair, he should get permission from the Sangha to shave. Sace acchinnakeso āgacchati, saṅgho apaloketabbo bhaṇḍukammāya. But any dreadlocked, fire-worshiping ascetic who comes to be ordained should be given the full ordination without probation. Ye te, bhikkhave, aggikā jaṭilakā, te āgatā upasampādetabbā, na tesaṁ parivāso dātabbo. Why is that? Taṁ kissa hetu? Because they believe that deeds and actions have results. Kammavādino ete, bhikkhave, kiriyavādino. And if someone comes to be ordained who has been a monastic of another religion but is a Sakyan by birth, he should be given the full ordination without probation. Sace, bhikkhave, jātiyā sākiyo aññatitthiyapubbo āgacchati, so āgato upasampādetabbo, na tassa parivāso dātabbo. I give this special privilege to my relatives.” Imāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ñātīnaṁ āveṇikaṁ parihāraṁ dammī”ti.

The discussion on those who have been monastics of another religion is finished. Aññatitthiyapubbakathā niṭṭhitā.

The seventh section for recitation is finished. Sattamo bhāṇavāro.

26. The five diseases 26. Pañcābādhavatthu

At that time in Magadha, there were five common diseases: Tena kho pana samayena magadhesu pañca ābādhā ussannā honti—leprosy, abscesses, mild leprosy, tuberculosis, and epilepsy. kuṭṭhaṁ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro. When people were sick with any of these, they went to Jīvaka Komārabhacca and said, Manussā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhā jīvakaṁ komārabhaccaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadanti—“Doctor, please treat us.” “sādhu no, ācariya, tikicchāhī”ti.

He replied, “I’m very busy. “Ahaṁ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo; I look after King Seniya Bimbisāra of Magadha and his harem. I also look after the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha. rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; I’m not able to treat you.” nāhaṁ sakkomi tikicchitun”ti.

“We’ll give you everything we own, “Sabbaṁ sāpateyyañca te, ācariya, hotu; and we’ll be your slave, too. mayañca te dāsā; Please treat us, doctor.” sādhu, no, ācariya, tikicchāhī”ti.

Jīvaka repeated what he had already said. “Ahaṁ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; nāhaṁ sakkomi tikicchitun”ti. And those people thought, Atha kho tesaṁ manussānaṁ etadahosi—“These Sakyan monastics have pleasant habits and a happy life. They eat nice food and sleep in beds sheltered from the wind. “ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Why don’t we go forth with the Sakyan monastics? Yannūna mayaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyāma. If we do, the monks will nurse us and Jīvaka Komārabhacca will treat us.” Tattha bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahissanti, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchissatī”ti.

They then went to the monks and asked for the going forth. Atha kho te manussā bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāciṁsu. The monks gave them the going forth and the full ordination. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ, upasampādesuṁ. And the monks nursed them, and Jīvaka treated them. Te bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahiṁsu jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchi.


At one time the monks were nursing many sick monks. As a result, they kept on asking, Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bahū gilāne bhikkhū upaṭṭhahantā yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharanti—“Please give a meal for the sick and for those nursing the sick. Please give medicines for the sick.” “gilānabhattaṁ detha, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṁ detha, gilānabhesajjaṁ dethā”ti. And because Jīvaka was treating many sick monks, he was unable to fulfill his duty to King Bimbisāra. Jīvakopi komārabhacco bahū gilāne bhikkhū tikicchanto aññataraṁ rājakiccaṁ parihāpesi.

Then a certain man who was afflicted with one of the five diseases went to Jīvaka and said, Aññataropi puriso pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭho jīvakaṁ komārabhaccaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca—“Doctor, please treat me.” “sādhu maṁ, ācariya, tikicchāhī”ti.

He replied, “I’m very busy. I look after the king of Magadha and his harem. I also look after the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha. “Ahaṁ khvayyo, bahukicco, bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; I’m not able to treat you.” nāhaṁ sakkomi tikicchitun”ti.

“I will give you everything I own, and I’ll be your slave, too. “Sabbaṁ sāpateyyañca te, ācariya, hotu, ahañca te dāso; Please treat me, doctor.” sādhu maṁ, ācariya, tikicchāhī”ti.

Jīvaka repeated what he had already said. “Ahaṁ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho, nāhaṁ sakkomi tikicchitun”ti. That man thought, Atha kho tassa purisassa etadahosi—“These Sakyan monastics have pleasant habits and a happy life. They eat nice food and sleep in beds sheltered from the wind. “ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Why don’t I go forth with the Sakyan monastics? Yannūnāhaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṁ. If I do, the monks will nurse me, and Jīvaka Komārabhacca will treat me. Tattha bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahissanti, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchissati. And when I’m healthy, I’ll disrobe.” Somhi arogo vibbhamissāmī”ti.

He then went to the monks and asked for the going forth. Atha kho so puriso bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci. The monks gave him the going forth and the full ordination, Taṁ bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ, upasampādesuṁ. after which they nursed him and Jīvaka treated him. Taṁ bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahiṁsu, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchi. When he was healthy again, he disrobed. So arogo vibbhami.

Jīvaka saw that man after he had disrobed, and he asked him, Addasā kho jīvako komārabhacco taṁ purisaṁ vibbhantaṁ, disvāna taṁ purisaṁ etadavoca—“Didn’t you go forth with the monks?” “nanu tvaṁ, ayyo, bhikkhūsu pabbajito ahosī”ti?

“Yes, doctor.” “Evaṁ, ācariyā”ti.

“And why did you do it?” “Kissa pana tvaṁ, ayyo, evarūpamakāsī”ti?

When that man had told him what had happened, Atha kho so puriso jīvakassa komārabhaccassa etamatthaṁ ārocesi. Jīvaka complained and criticized the monks, Jīvako komārabhacco ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti—“How could the venerables allow one with the five diseases to go forth?” “kathañhi nāma bhadantā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhaṁ pabbājessantī”ti.

He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down, Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. and said, Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Please, sir, may the venerables not allow those with the five diseases to go forth.” “sādhu, bhante, ayyā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhaṁ na pabbājeyyun”ti. The Buddha instructed, inspired, and gladdened him with a teaching. Atha kho bhagavā jīvakaṁ komārabhaccaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi. Jīvaka then got up from his seat, bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and left. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi. Soon afterwards the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks: Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“You shouldn’t give the going forth to anyone afflicted with any of the five diseases. “na, bhikkhave, pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭho pabbājetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

27. Those employed by the king 27. Rājabhaṭavatthu

On one occasion unrest erupted in the outlying districts governed by King Bimbisāra. Tena kho pana samayena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paccanto kupito hoti. The king told his generals, Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro senānāyake mahāmatte āṇāpesi—“Go and sort out those districts.” “gacchatha, bhaṇe, paccantaṁ uccinathā”ti.

“Yes, sir.” “Evaṁ, devā”ti kho senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paccassosuṁ.

But the most distinguished soldiers thought, Atha kho abhiññātānaṁ abhiññātānaṁ yodhānaṁ etadahosi—“If we go and enjoy the battle, we’ll do what’s bad and make much demerit. “mayaṁ kho yuddhābhinandino gacchantā pāpañca karoma, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavāma. How can we avoid what’s bad and do what’s good instead?” Kena nu kho mayaṁ upāyena pāpā ca virameyyāma kalyāṇañca kareyyāmā”ti?

It occurred to them, Atha kho tesaṁ yodhānaṁ etadahosi—“These Sakyan monastics have integrity. They’re celibate and their conduct is good, and they’re truthful, moral, and have a good character. “ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. If we go forth with them, we’ll avoid what’s bad and do what’s good.” Sace kho mayaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyāma, evaṁ mayaṁ pāpā ca virameyyāma kalyāṇañca kareyyāmā”ti. Those soldiers then went to the monks and asked for the going forth. Atha kho te yodhā bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāciṁsu. And the monks gave them the going forth and the full ordination. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ, upasampādesuṁ.

Soon afterwards the generals asked among the king’s employees, Senānāyakā mahāmattā rājabhaṭe pucchiṁsu—“Where are the soldiers so-and-so and so-and-so?” “kiṁ nu kho, bhaṇe, itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca yodhā na dissantī”ti?

“They’ve gone forth with the monks.” “Itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca, sāmi, yodhā bhikkhūsu pabbajitā”ti.

The generals complained and criticized the monks, Senānāyakā mahāmattā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“How could the Sakyan monastics give the going forth to those who are employed by the king?” “kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā rājabhaṭaṁ pabbājessantī”ti. They told King Bimbisāra. Senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

The king then asked the judges, Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro vohārike mahāmatte pucchi—“What’s the penalty for one who gives the going forth to someone employed by the king?” “yo, bhaṇe, rājabhaṭaṁ pabbājeti, kiṁ so pasavatī”ti?

“The preceptor should have his head cut off, the one who does the formal proclamation should have his tongue cut out, and the participating group should have half their ribs broken.” “Upajjhāyassa, deva, sīsaṁ chetabbaṁ, anussāvakassa jivhā uddharitabbā, gaṇassa upaḍḍhaphāsukā bhañjitabbā”ti.

The king went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down, Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. and said, Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Sir, there are kings with little faith and confidence. “santi, bhante, rājāno assaddhā appasannā. They would give the monks a hard time even over small matters. Te appamattakenapi bhikkhū viheṭheyyuṁ. Please, may the venerables not give the going forth to those employed by a king.” Sādhu, bhante, ayyā rājabhaṭaṁ na pabbājeyyun”ti. The Buddha instructed, inspired, and gladdened him with a teaching. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṁ māgadhaṁ seniyaṁ bimbisāraṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi. The king then got up from his seat, bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and left. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi. Soon afterwards the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks: Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“You shouldn’t give the going forth to anyone employed by a king. “na, bhikkhave, rājabhaṭo pabbājetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

28. The criminal Aṅgulimāla 28. Aṅgulimālacoravatthu

At that time the criminal Aṅgulimāla had gone forth with the monks. Tena kho pana samayena coro aṅgulimālo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. When people saw him, they became alarmed and fearful. They turned away, took a different path, ran off, and closed their doors. Manussā passitvā ubbijjantipi, uttasantipi, palāyantipi, aññenapi gacchanti, aññenapi mukhaṁ karonti, dvārampi thakenti. People complained and criticized the monks, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“How could the Sakyan monastics give the going forth to a notorious criminal?” “kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhajabandhaṁ coraṁ pabbājessantī”ti. The monks heard the complaints of those people. Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ. They then told the Buddha. … Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…

“You shouldn’t give the going forth to a notorious criminal. “na, bhikkhave, dhajabandho coro pabbājetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

29. The escaped criminal 29. Kārabhedakacoravatthu

At that time King Bimbisāra had made the following declaration: Tena kho pana samayena raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena anuññātaṁ hoti—“Nothing should be done to anyone who has gone forth with the Sakyan monastics. “ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṁ; The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Allow them to practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti.

Soon afterwards a certain thief was put in prison. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṁ katvā kārāya baddho hoti. But he escaped, ran away, and went forth with the monks. So kāraṁ bhinditvā palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. When people saw him, they said, Manussā passitvā evamāhaṁsu—“There’s that criminal who escaped from prison. “ayaṁ so kārabhedako coro. Let’s get him!” Handa naṁ nemā”ti. But some said, Ekacce evamāhaṁsu—“No, “māyyo, evaṁ avacuttha. the king has declared Anuññātaṁ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena—that nothing should be done to anyone gone forth with the Sakyan monastics.” ‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṁ; svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’”ti.

People complained and criticized the monks, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“These Sakyan monastics are untouchable; you can’t do anything to them. “abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṁ. So how could they give the going forth to an escaped criminal?” Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā kārabhedakaṁ coraṁ pabbājessantī”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the going forth to an escaped criminal. “Na, bhikkhave, kārabhedako coro pabbājetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

30. The wanted criminal 30. Likhitakacoravatthu

On one occasion a certain man stole something, ran away, and then went forth with the monks. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṁ katvā palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Yet the king’s court had issued a statement: So ca rañño antepure likhito hoti—“He should be executed wherever he’s seen.” yattha passati, tattha hantabboti.

When people saw him, they said, Manussā passitvā evamāhaṁsu—“There’s that wanted criminal. “ayaṁ so likhitako coro. Let’s execute him!” Handa naṁ hanāmā”ti.

But some said, Ekacce evamāhaṁsu—“No, “māyyo, evaṁ avacuttha. King Bimbisāra has declared that nothing should be done to anyone gone forth with the Sakyan monastics.” Anuññātaṁ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena ‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṁ, svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’”ti.

People complained and criticized the monks, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“These Sakyan monastics are untouchable; you can’t do anything to them. “abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṁ. So how could they give the going forth to a wanted criminal?” Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā likhitakaṁ coraṁ pabbājessantī”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the going forth to a wanted criminal. “Na, bhikkhave, likhitako coro pabbājetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

31. The one who had been whipped 31. Kasāhatavatthu

At one time a certain man who had been whipped as a penalty went forth with the monks. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso kasāhato katadaṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. People complained and criticized the monks, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“How could the Sakyan monastics give the going forth to one who has been whipped as a penalty?” “kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā kasāhataṁ katadaṇḍakammaṁ pabbājessantī”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the going forth to one who has been whipped as a penalty. “Na, bhikkhave, kasāhato katadaṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

32. The one who had been branded 32. Lakkhaṇāhatavatthu

At one time a certain man who had been branded as a penalty went forth with the monks. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso lakkhaṇāhato katadaṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. People complained and criticized the monks, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“How could the Sakyan monastics give the going forth to one who has been branded as a penalty?” “kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā lakkhaṇāhataṁ katadaṇḍakammaṁ pabbājessantī”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the going forth to one who has been branded as a penalty. “Na, bhikkhave, lakkhaṇāhato katadaṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

33. The one in debt 33. Iṇāyikavatthu

On one occasion a certain indebted man ran away and went forth with the monks. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso iṇāyiko palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Soon afterwards the creditors saw him and said, Dhaniyā passitvā evamāhaṁsu—“There’s that man who owes us. “ayaṁ so amhākaṁ iṇāyiko. Let’s get him!” Handa naṁ nemā”ti.

But some said, Ekacce evamāhaṁsu—“No, “māyyo, evaṁ avacuttha. King Bimbisāra has declared that nothing should be done to anyone gone forth with the Sakyan monastics.” Anuññātaṁ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena—‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṁ; svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’”ti.

People complained and criticized the monks, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“These Sakyan monastics are untouchable; “abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. you can’t do anything to them. Nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṁ. So how could they give the going forth to an indebted person?” Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā iṇāyikaṁ pabbājessantī”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the going forth to one who is indebted. “Na, bhikkhave, iṇāyiko pabbājetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

34. The slave 34. Dāsavatthu

On one occasion a certain slave ran away and went forth with the monks. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro dāso palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Soon afterwards the owners saw him and said, Ayyakā passitvā evamāhaṁsu—“There’s our slave. “ayaṁ so amhākaṁ dāso. Let’s get him!” Handa naṁ nemā”ti.

But some said, Ekacce evamāhaṁsu—“No, King Bimbisāra has declared that nothing should be done to anyone gone forth with the Sakyan monastics.” “māyyo, evaṁ avacuttha, anuññātaṁ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena ‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṁ, svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’”ti.

People complained and criticized the monks, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“These Sakyan monastics are untouchable; you can’t do anything to them. “abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṁ. So how could they give the going forth to a slave?” Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dāsaṁ pabbājessantī”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the going forth to a slave. “Na, bhikkhave, dāso pabbājetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

35. The shaven-headed smith 35. Kammārabhaṇḍuvatthu

At that time a certain shaven-headed smith had quarreled with his parents. He then went to the monastery and went forth with the monks. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro kammārabhaṇḍu mātāpitūhi saddhiṁ bhaṇḍitvā ārāmaṁ gantvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. While looking for their son, the parents came to that monastery. They asked the monks, Atha kho tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitaro taṁ kammārabhaṇḍuṁ vicinantā ārāmaṁ gantvā bhikkhū pucchiṁsu—“Venerables, have you by any chance seen such-and-such a boy?” “api, bhante, evarūpaṁ dārakaṁ passeyyāthā”ti? Because they had not, Bhikkhū ajānaṁyeva āhaṁsu—they said, “na jānāmā”ti, apassaṁyeva āhaṁsu—“No.” “na passāmā”ti.

Soon afterwards those parents saw that their son had gone forth as a monk. They then complained and criticized the monks, Atha kho tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitaro taṁ kammārabhaṇḍuṁ vicinantā bhikkhūsu pabbajitaṁ disvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“These Sakyan monastics are shameless and immoral liars. “alajjino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, dussīlā musāvādino. They deny knowing what they know and having seen what they’ve seen. Jānaṁyeva āhaṁsu—‘na jānāmā’ti, passaṁyeva āhaṁsu—‘na passāmā’ti. Our boy has gone forth as a monk.” Ayaṁ dārako bhikkhūsu pabbajito”ti. The monks heard the complaints of those parents. Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitūnaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ. They told the Buddha. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You should get permission from the Sangha to shave someone’s head.” “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghaṁ apaloketuṁ bhaṇḍukammāyā”ti.

36. The boy Upāli 36. Upālidārakavatthu

At that time in Rājagaha, there was a group of seventeen boys who were friends Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe sattarasavaggiyā dārakā sahāyakā honti. and had Upāli as their leader. Upālidārako tesaṁ pāmokkho hoti.

On one occasion Upāli’s parents thought, Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṁ etadahosi—“How can we make sure that Upāli is able to live happily without exhausting himself after we’ve passed away? “kena nu kho upāyena upāli amhākaṁ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā”ti? Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṁ etadahosi—He could become a clerk, “sace kho upāli lekhaṁ sikkheyya, evaṁ kho upāli amhākaṁ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā”ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṁ etadahosi—but then his fingers will hurt. “sace kho upāli lekhaṁ sikkhissati, aṅguliyo dukkhā bhavissanti. Or he could become an accountant, Sace kho upāli gaṇanaṁ sikkheyya, evaṁ kho upāli amhākaṁ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā”ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṁ etadahosi—but then his chest will hurt. “sace kho upāli gaṇanaṁ sikkhissati, urassa dukkho bhavissati. Or he could become a banker, Sace kho upāli rūpaṁ sikkheyya, evaṁ kho upāli amhākaṁ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā”ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṁ etadahosi—but then his eyes will hurt. “sace kho upāli rūpaṁ sikkhissati, akkhīni dukkhā bhavissanti. These Sakyan monastics, however, have pleasant habits and a happy life. They eat nice food and sleep in beds sheltered from the wind. Ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. If Upāli goes forth with them, he’ll be able to live happily without exhausting himself after we’ve passed away.” Sace kho upāli samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyya, evaṁ kho upāli amhākaṁ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā”ti.

Upāli overheard this conversation between his parents. Assosi kho upālidārako mātāpitūnaṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. He then went to the other boys and said, Atha kho upālidārako yena te dārakā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te dārake etadavoca—“Come, let’s go forth with the Sakyan monastics.” “etha mayaṁ, ayyā, samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajissāmā”ti.

“If you go forth, so will we.” “Sace kho tvaṁ, ayya, pabbajissasi, evaṁ mayampi pabbajissāmā”ti.

The boys went each to his own parents and said, Atha kho te dārakā ekamekassa mātāpitaro upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṁ—“Please allow me to go forth into homelessness.” “anujānātha maṁ agārasmā anāgāriyaṁ pabbajjāyā”ti. Because the parents knew Atha kho tesaṁ dārakānaṁ mātāpitaro—that all the boys had the same desire and good intentions, “sabbepime dārakā samānacchandā kalyāṇādhippāyā”ti—they gave their approval. anujāniṁsu. The boys then went to the monks and asked them for the going forth, Te bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāciṁsu. and the monks gave them the going forth and the full ordination. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ upasampādesuṁ.

Soon afterwards they got up early in the morning and cried, Te rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya rodanti—“Give us congee, give us a meal, give us fresh food!” “yāguṁ detha, bhattaṁ detha, khādanīyaṁ dethā”ti.

The monks said, Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—“Wait until it gets light. “āgametha, āvuso, yāva ratti vibhāyati. If any of that becomes available then, you can have it. Sace yāgu bhavissati pivissatha, sace bhattaṁ bhavissati bhuñjissatha, sace khādanīyaṁ bhavissati khādissatha; If not, you’ll eat after walking for alms.” no ce bhavissati yāgu vā bhattaṁ vā khādanīyaṁ vā, piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjissathā”ti. But they carried on as before. Evampi kho te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi vuccamānā rodantiyeva “yāguṁ detha, bhattaṁ detha, khādanīyaṁ dethā”ti; And they defecated and urinated on the furniture. senāsanaṁ uhadantipi ummihantipi.

After rising early in the morning, the Buddha heard the sound of those boys. Assosi kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya dārakasaddaṁ. He asked Venerable Ānanda, Sutvāna āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi—“kiṁ nu kho so, ānanda, dārakasaddo”ti? who told him what was happening. Soon afterwards he had the Sangha gathered and questioned the monks: Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi …pe… “Is it true, monks, that the monks give the full ordination to people they know are less than twenty years old?” “saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū jānaṁ ūnavīsativassaṁ puggalaṁ upasampādentī”ti?

“It’s true, sir.” “Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

The Buddha rebuked them … Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe… “How can those foolish men do this? kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā jānaṁ ūnavīsativassaṁ puggalaṁ upasampādessanti. A person who’s less than twenty years old is unable to endure cold and heat; hunger and thirst; horseflies, mosquitoes, wind, and the burning sun; creeping animals and insects; and rude and unwelcome speech. And they’re unable to bear up with bodily feelings that are painful, severe, sharp, and destructive of life. Ūnavīsativasso, bhikkhave, puggalo akkhamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ duruttānaṁ durāgatānaṁ vacanapathānaṁ uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ anadhivāsakajātiko hoti. But a person who’s twenty is able to endure these things. Vīsativassova kho, bhikkhave, puggalo khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ duruttānaṁ durāgatānaṁ vacanapathānaṁ, uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. This will affect people’s confidence …” Netaṁ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya, pasannānaṁ vā bhiyyobhāvāya …pe… After rebuking them … vigarahitvā …pe… he gave a teaching and addressed the monks: dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to a person you know is less than twenty years old. “na, bhikkhave, jānaṁ ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo. If you do, you should be dealt with according to the rule.” Yo upasampādeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo”ti.

37. The deadly and contagious disease 37. Ahivātakarogavatthu

At one time most of the members of a particular family had died from a deadly and contagious disease. Tena kho pana samayena aññataraṁ kulaṁ ahivātakarogena kālaṅkataṁ hoti. Only a father and son were left. Tassa pitāputtakā sesā honti. After going forth as monks, they walked together for alms. Te bhikkhūsu pabbajitvā ekatova piṇḍāya caranti. Then, when the boy had handed over his almsfood to his father, he said, Atha kho so dārako pituno bhikkhāya dinnāya upadhāvitvā etadavoca—“Give to me too, daddy!” “mayhampi, tāta, dehi; mayhampi, tāta, dehī”ti.

People complained and criticized the monks, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“These Sakyan monastics are not celibate. “abrahmacārino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. This boy was born to a nun!” Ayampi dārako bhikkhuniyā jāto”ti. The monks heard the complaints of those people Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ. and they told the Buddha. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the going forth to a boy less than fifteen years old. “Na, bhikkhave, ūnapannarasavasso dārako pabbājetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

At that time there was a family with faith and confidence that was supporting Venerable Ānanda. Then most of its members died from a deadly and contagious disease, and only two boys were left behind. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato ānandassa upaṭṭhākakulaṁ saddhaṁ pasannaṁ ahivātakarogena kālaṅkataṁ hoti, dve ca dārakā sesā honti. When they saw the monks, they ran up to them, as they had done before. Te porāṇakena āciṇṇakappena bhikkhū passitvā upadhāvanti. When the monks dismissed them, Bhikkhū apasādenti. they cried. Te bhikkhūhi apasādiyamānā rodanti.

Ānanda thought, Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi—“The Buddha has laid down a rule “bhagavatā paññattaṁ—that a boy less than fifteen years old shouldn’t be given the going forth, ‘na ūnapannarasavasso dārako pabbājetabbo’ti. which applies to these boys. Ime ca dārakā ūnapannarasavassā. How then can I make sure that these boys don’t perish?” Kena nu kho upāyena ime dārakā na vinasseyyun”ti? He told the Buddha. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi.

“Are they able, Ānanda, to scare away crows?” “Ussahanti pana te, ānanda, dārakā kāke uḍḍāpetun”ti?

“Yes.” “Ussahanti, bhagavā”ti. The Buddha then gave a teaching and addressed the monks: Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“I allow you to give the going forth to a boy less than fifteen years old if he’s able to scare away crows.” “anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ūnapannarasavassaṁ dārakaṁ kākuḍḍepakaṁ pabbājetun”ti.

38. Kaṇṭaka 38. Kaṇṭakavatthu

At one time Venerable Upananda the Sakyan had two novice monks, Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa dve sāmaṇerā honti—Kaṇṭaka and Mahaka. kaṇṭako ca mahako ca. They had sex with each other. Te aññamaññaṁ dūsesuṁ. The monks complained and criticized them, Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“How could novice monks misbehave like this?” “kathañhi nāma sāmaṇerā evarūpaṁ anācāraṁ ācarissantī”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“A single monk shouldn’t have two novice monks attend on him. “Na, bhikkhave, ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā. If he does, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo upaṭṭhāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

39. The obscure 39. Āhundarikavatthu

At one time the Buddha was staying right there at Rājagaha during the rainy season, the winter, and the summer. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā tattheva rājagahe vassaṁ vasi, tattha hemantaṁ, tattha gimhaṁ. People complained, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“The districts are left in darkness and obscurity by the Sakyan monastics. They don’t brighten them up by their presence.” “āhundarikā samaṇānaṁ sakyaputtiyānaṁ disā andhakārā, na imesaṁ disā pakkhāyantī”ti.

The monks heard the complaints of those people Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ. and told the Buddha. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. He said to Venerable Ānanda, Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi—“Take a key, Ānanda, and go around the yards, informing the monks that “gacchānanda, avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya anupariveṇiyaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ ārocehi—the Buddha wishes to go wandering in the Southern Hills. ‘icchatāvuso bhagavā dakkhiṇāgiriṁ cārikaṁ pakkamituṁ. Anyone is welcome to join him.” Yassāyasmato attho, so āgacchatū’”ti.

Saying, “Yes, sir,” he did just that. “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya anupariveṇiyaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ ārocesi—

“icchatāvuso, bhagavā dakkhiṇāgiriṁ cārikaṁ pakkamituṁ. Yassāyasmato attho, so āgacchatū”ti.

The monks said, Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—“Ānanda, the Buddha has laid down a rule that one must live with formal support for ten years and that one who has ten years’ seniority can give such support. “bhagavatā, āvuso ānanda, paññattaṁ dasavassāni nissāya vatthuṁ, dasavassena nissayaṁ dātuṁ. If we were to go, we would have to obtain support for a short time, and when we returned, we would have to obtain support once again. Tattha ca no gantabbaṁ bhavissati, nissayo ca gahetabbo bhavissati, ittaro ca vāso bhavissati, puna ca paccāgantabbaṁ bhavissati, puna ca nissayo gahetabbo bhavissati. So, if our preceptors and teachers go, we’ll go too. Sace amhākaṁ ācariyupajjhāyā gamissanti, mayampi gamissāma; If they don’t, neither will we. no ce amhākaṁ ācariyupajjhāyā gamissanti, mayampi na gamissāma. We don’t want the burden.” Lahucittakatā no, āvuso ānanda, paññāyissatī”ti.

As a result, the Buddha went wandering in the Southern Hills with a small group of monks. Atha kho bhagavā ogaṇena bhikkhusaṅghena dakkhiṇāgiriṁ cārikaṁ pakkāmi.

40. Discussion of release from formal support 40. Nissayamuccanakakathā

After staying in the Southern Hills for as long as he liked, the Buddha returned to Rājagaha. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇāgirismiṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā punadeva rājagahaṁ paccāgacchi. He then asked Ānanda, Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi—“Why was it so small, Ānanda, the group of monks that came wandering with me in the Southern Hills?” “kiṁ nu kho, ānanda, tathāgato ogaṇena bhikkhusaṅghena dakkhiṇāgiriṁ cārikaṁ pakkanto”ti? Ānanda told him what had happened. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi. Soon afterwards the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks: Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“A competent and capable monk should live with formal support for five years, but one who is incompetent should live with formal support for life. “anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena pañcavassāni nissāya vatthuṁ, abyattena yāvajīvaṁ.

A monk who has five qualities should live with formal support: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he doesn’t have the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained. Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.

But a monk who has five qualities may live without formal support: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he has the virtue, stillness, Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti asekkhena samādhikkhandhena. wisdom, Asekkhena paññākkhandhena … freedom, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena … and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained. asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.


“A monk who has another five qualities should live with formal support: Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he has no faith, conscience, or moral prudence, and is lazy and absentminded. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.

But a monk who has five qualities may live without formal support: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he has faith, conscience, moral prudence, energy, and mindfulness. Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.


“A monk who has another five qualities should live with formal support: Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he has failed in the higher morality, in conduct, and in view; he’s ignorant and foolish. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.

But a monk who has five qualities may live without formal support: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he hasn’t failed in the higher morality, in conduct, or in view; he’s learned and wise. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.


“A monk who has another five qualities should live with formal support: Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; neither Monastic Code has been properly learned by him in detail, and he hasn’t analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, or investigated them well, either in terms of the rules or their detailed exposition. Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.

But a monk who has five qualities may live without formal support: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he has properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail, and he has analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition. Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.


“A monk who has another five qualities should live with formal support: Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; he has less than five years of seniority. Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ūnapañcavasso hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.

But a monk who has five qualities may live without formal support: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he has five or more years of seniority.” Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā—imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.

The section consisting of ten groups of five is finished. Pañcakadasavāro niṭṭhito.

“A monk who has six qualities should live with formal support: Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he doesn’t have the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained, and he has less than five years of seniority. Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.

But a monk who has six qualities may live without formal support: Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he has the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained, and he has five or more years of seniority. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, asekkhena paññākkhandhena, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.


“A monk who has another six qualities should live with formal support: Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he has no faith, conscience, or moral prudence; he is lazy and absentminded; and he has less than five years of seniority. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.

But a monk who has six qualities may live without formal support: Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he has faith, conscience, moral prudence, energy, mindfulness, and five or more years of seniority. Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.


“A monk who has another six qualities should live with formal support: Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he has failed in the higher morality, in conduct, and in view; he’s ignorant and foolish; he has less than five years of seniority. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.

But a monk who has six qualities may live without formal support: Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he hasn’t failed in the higher morality, in conduct, or in view; he’s learned and wise; he has five or more years of seniority. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.


“A monk who has another six qualities should live with formal support: Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; neither Monastic Code has been properly learned by him in detail, and he hasn’t analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, or investigated them well, either in terms of the rules or their detailed exposition; he has less than five years of seniority. Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, ūnapañcavasso hoti—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.

But a monk who has six qualities may live without formal support: Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. he knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he has properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail, and he has analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition; he has five or more years of seniority.” Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā—imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabban”ti.

The eighth section for recitation on untouchable is finished. Abhayūvarabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito aṭṭhamo.

41. Rāhula 41. Rāhulavatthu

After staying at Rājagaha for as long as he liked, the Buddha set out wandering toward Kapilavatthu in the Sakyan country. Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena kapilavatthu tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi. When he eventually arrived, Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena kapilavatthu tadavasari. he stayed in the Banyan Tree Monastery. Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.

In the morning the Buddha robed up, took his bowl and robe, and went to Suddhodana the Sakyan’s house where he sat down on the prepared seat. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena suddhodanassa sakkassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. The queen, the mother of Rāhula, said to the boy, Atha kho rāhulamātā devī rāhulaṁ kumāraṁ etadavoca—“This is your father, Rāhula. “eso te, rāhula, pitā. Go and ask for your inheritance.” Gacchassu, dāyajjaṁ yācāhī”ti. Rāhula went up to the Buddha, stood in front of him, and said, Atha kho rāhulo kumāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato purato, aṭṭhāsi—“Ascetic, your shadow is pleasant.” “sukhā te, samaṇa, chāyā”ti. When the Buddha got up from his seat and left, Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Rāhula followed behind, saying Atha kho rāhulo kumāro bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi—“Give me my inheritance! “dāyajjaṁ me, samaṇa, dehi; Give me my inheritance!” dāyajjaṁ me, samaṇa, dehī”ti. The Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta, Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi—“Well then, Sāriputta, give Rāhula the going forth.” “tena hi tvaṁ, sāriputta, rāhulaṁ kumāraṁ pabbājehī”ti.

“But how, sir?” “Kathāhaṁ, bhante, rāhulaṁ kumāraṁ pabbājemī”ti?

The Buddha then gave a teaching and addressed the monks: Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“The going forth as a novice monk should be given through the taking of the three refuges. “anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajjaṁ.

It should be done like this. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pabbājetabbo—First the candidate should shave off his hair and beard and put on ocher robes. He should then arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, pay respect at the feet of the monks, squat on his heels, and raise his joined palms. He should then be told to say this: paṭhamaṁ kesamassuṁ ohārāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṁ paggaṇhāpetvā ‘evaṁ vadehī’ti vattabbo—

‘I go for refuge to the Buddha, ‘Buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, I go for refuge to the Teaching, Dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, I go for refuge to the Sangha. Saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi.

For the second time, I go for refuge to the Buddha, Dutiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, For the second time, I go for refuge to the Teaching, Dutiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, For the second time, I go for refuge to the Sangha. Dutiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi.

For the third time, I go for refuge to the Buddha, Tatiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, For the third time, I go for refuge to the Teaching, Tatiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, For the third time, I go for refuge to the Sangha.’” Tatiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmī’ti.

Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajjan”ti.

And Sāriputta gave Rāhula the going forth. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto rāhulaṁ kumāraṁ pabbājesi.

Soon afterwards Suddhodana went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down, Atha kho suddhodano sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. and said, Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho suddhodano sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—“Sir, I want to ask for a favor.” “ekāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ varaṁ yācāmī”ti.

“Buddhas don’t grant favors, Gotama.” “Atikkantavarā kho, gotama, tathāgatā”ti.

“It’s allowable and blameless.” “Yañca, bhante, kappati, yañca anavajjan”ti.

“Well then, say what it is.” “Vadehi, gotamā”ti.

“When the Buddha went forth, it was very painful for me, and the same when Nanda went forth. With Rāhula, it’s even worse. “Bhagavati me, bhante, pabbajite anappakaṁ dukkhaṁ ahosi, tathā nande, adhimattaṁ rāhule. Affection for a child cuts deep. It cuts through the outer and inner skin; it cuts through the flesh, the sinews, and the bones, and it reaches all the way to the bone-marrow. Puttapemaṁ, bhante, chaviṁ chindati, chaviṁ chetvā cammaṁ chindati, cammaṁ chetvā maṁsaṁ chindati, maṁsaṁ chetvā nhāruṁ chindati, nhāruṁ chetvā aṭṭhiṁ chindati, aṭṭhiṁ chetvā aṭṭhimiñjaṁ āhacca tiṭṭhati. Please, may the venerables not give the going forth to a child without the parents’ permission.” Sādhu, bhante, ayyā ananuññātaṁ mātāpitūhi puttaṁ na pabbājeyyun”ti.

The Buddha then instructed, inspired, and gladdened him with a teaching, Atha kho bhagavā suddhodanaṁ sakkaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi. after which Suddhodana got up from his seat, bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and left. Atha kho suddhodano sakko bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi. Soon afterwards the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks: Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“You shouldn’t give the going forth to a child without the parents’ permission. “na, bhikkhave, ananuññāto mātāpitūhi putto pabbājetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

After staying at Kapilavatthu for as long as he liked, the Buddha set out wandering toward Sāvatthī. Atha kho bhagavā kapilavatthusmiṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi. When he eventually arrived, Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena sāvatthi tadavasari. he stayed in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s Monastery. Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.

At this time a family that was supporting Sāriputta sent him a boy with this message: Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato sāriputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṁ āyasmato sāriputtassa santike dārakaṁ pāhesi—“Please give the going forth to this boy.” “imaṁ dārakaṁ thero pabbājetū”ti.

Sāriputta thought, Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi—“The Buddha has laid down a rule “bhagavatā paññattaṁ—that a monk shouldn’t have two novices attend on him. ‘na ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā’ti. I already have the novice Rāhula. Ayañca me rāhulo sāmaṇero. So what should I do now?” Kathaṁ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban”ti? He told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi.

“I allow a competent and capable monk to have two novice monks attend on him, or however many he’s able to teach and instruct.” “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena ekena dve sāmaṇere upaṭṭhāpetuṁ, yāvatake vā pana ussahati ovadituṁ anusāsituṁ tāvatake upaṭṭhāpetun”ti.

42. Discussion of the training rules 42. Sikkhāpadakathā

Soon afterwards the novices thought, Atha kho sāmaṇerānaṁ etadahosi—“How many training rules do we have that we should train in?” “kati nu kho amhākaṁ sikkhāpadāni, kattha ca amhehi sikkhitabban”ti? They told the Buddha. … Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…

“There are ten training rules for the novice monks: “anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerānaṁ dasa sikkhāpadāni, tesu ca sāmaṇerehi sikkhituṁ—

  1. Abstention from killing living beings pāṇātipātā veramaṇī,
  2. Abstention from stealing adinnādānā veramaṇī,
  3. Abstention from sexual activity abrahmacariyā veramaṇī,
  4. Abstention from lying musāvādā veramaṇī,
  5. Abstention from alcoholic drinks that cause heedlessness surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇī,
  6. Abstention from eating at the wrong time vikālabhojanā veramaṇī,
  7. Abstention from dancing, singing, music, and seeing shows naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā veramaṇī,
  8. Abstention from wearing garlands and using scents and cosmetics mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā veramaṇī,
  9. Abstention from high and luxurious resting places uccāsayanamahāsayanā veramaṇī,
  10. Abstention from receiving gold, silver, and money.” jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā veramaṇī.

Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerānaṁ imāni dasa sikkhāpadāni, imesu ca sāmaṇerehi sikkhitun”ti.

43. Penalties 43. Daṇḍakammavatthu

Soon the novice monks were being disrespectful, undeferential, and rude toward the monks. Tena kho pana samayena sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharanti. The monks complained and criticized them, Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“How can the novices behave like this?” “kathañhi nāma sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharissantī”ti. They told the Buddha. … Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…

“I allow you to penalize a novice monk who has five qualities: “anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṁ kātuṁ.

  1. He’s trying to stop monks from getting material support Bhikkhūnaṁ alābhāya parisakkati,
  2. He’s trying to harm monks bhikkhūnaṁ anatthāya parisakkati,
  3. He’s trying to make monks lose their place of residence bhikkhūnaṁ avāsāya parisakkati,
  4. He abuses and reviles monks bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati,
  5. He causes division between monks.” bhikkhū bhikkhūhi bhedeti—

anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṁ kātun”ti.

The monks didn’t know Atha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—which penalty to impose. “kiṁ nu kho daṇḍakammaṁ kātabban”ti? They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“I allow you to place restrictions on the novice monks.” “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āvaraṇaṁ kātun”ti.

The monks restricted the novices from the whole monastery. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāmaṇerānaṁ sabbaṁ saṅghārāmaṁ āvaraṇaṁ karonti. Because they were unable to enter the monastery, the novices left, disrobed, and joined the monastics of other religions. Sāmaṇerā ārāmaṁ pavisituṁ alabhamānā pakkamantipi, vibbhamantipi, titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t restrict anyone from a whole monastery. “Na, bhikkhave, sabbo saṅghārāmo āvaraṇaṁ kātabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. I allow you to make restrictions for the place you’re staying and its access areas.” Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yattha vā vasati, yattha vā paṭikkamati, tattha āvaraṇaṁ kātun”ti.

The monks placed restrictions on the novices’ food. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāmaṇerānaṁ mukhadvārikaṁ āhāraṁ āvaraṇaṁ karonti. People making congee and meals for the Sangha said to the novices, Manussā yāgupānampi saṅghabhattampi karontā sāmaṇere evaṁ vadenti—“Come, venerables, and drink congee. “etha, bhante, yāguṁ pivatha; Come and eat a meal.” etha, bhante, bhattaṁ bhuñjathā”ti.

The novices replied, Sāmaṇerā evaṁ vadenti—“We can’t. “nāvuso, labbhā. The monks have placed a restriction on us.” Bhikkhūhi āvaraṇaṁ katan”ti.

People complained and criticized them, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“How can the venerables restrict the novices’ food?” “kathañhi nāma bhadantā sāmaṇerānaṁ mukhadvārikaṁ āhāraṁ āvaraṇaṁ karissantī”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t place restrictions on food. “Na, bhikkhave, mukhadvāriko āhāro āvaraṇaṁ kātabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

The account of penalties is finished. Daṇḍakammavatthu niṭṭhitaṁ.

44. Prohibiting without asking permission 44. Anāpucchāvaraṇavatthu

On one occasion the monks from the group of six placed restrictions on novices without asking their preceptors for permission. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū upajjhāye anāpucchā sāmaṇerānaṁ āvaraṇaṁ karonti. The preceptors Upajjhāyā gavesanti—could not find their novices. “kathaṁ nu kho amhākaṁ sāmaṇerā na dissantī”ti. When other monks Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—told them what had happened, “chabbaggiyehi, āvuso, bhikkhūhi āvaraṇaṁ katan”ti. the preceptors complained and criticized those monks, Upajjhāyā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“How could the monks from the group of six place restrictions on our novices without asking us for permission?” “kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhe anāpucchā amhākaṁ sāmaṇerānaṁ āvaraṇaṁ karissantī”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t place a restriction without asking permission from the preceptor. “Na, bhikkhave, upajjhāye anāpucchā āvaraṇaṁ kātabbaṁ. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

45. Luring away 45. Apalāḷanavatthu

At one time the monks from the group of six were luring away the novices of the senior monks. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū therānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ sāmaṇere apalāḷenti. The senior monks had to get their own tooth cleaners and water for rinsing the mouth. As a result, they became tired. Therā sāmaṁ dantakaṭṭhampi mukhodakampi gaṇhantā kilamanti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t lure away another’s followers. “Na, bhikkhave, aññassa parisā apalāḷetabbā. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo apalāḷeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

46. The novice Kaṇṭaka 46. Kaṇṭakasāmaṇeravatthu

At one time Venerable Upananda the Sakyan had a novice monk called Kaṇṭaka who raped a nun called Kaṇṭakī. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa kaṇṭako nāma sāmaṇero kaṇṭakiṁ nāma bhikkhuniṁ dūsesi. The monks complained and criticized him, Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“How could a novice monk misbehave in this way?” “kathañhi nāma sāmaṇero evarūpaṁ anācāraṁ ācarissatī”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“I allow you to expel a novice monk who has ten qualities: “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ sāmaṇeraṁ nāsetuṁ.

  1. He kills living beings Pāṇātipātī hoti,
  2. He steals adinnādāyī hoti,
  3. He’s not celibate abrahmacārī hoti,
  4. He lies musāvādī hoti,
  5. He drinks alcoholic drinks majjapāyī hoti,
  6. He disparages the Buddha buddhassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati,
  7. He disparages the Teaching dhammassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati,
  8. He disparages the Sangha saṅghassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati,
  9. He has wrong view micchādiṭṭhiko hoti,
  10. He has raped a nun.” bhikkhunidūsako hoti—

anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi dasahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ sāmaṇeraṁ nāsetun”ti.

47. <i lang='pi' translate='no'>Paṇḍakas</i> 47. Paṇḍakavatthu

At one time a certain <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍaka</i> had gone forth as a monk. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro paṇḍako bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. He went to the young monks and said, So dahare dahare bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeti—“Come, venerables, have sex with me.” “etha, maṁ āyasmanto dūsethā”ti.

The monks dismissed him, Bhikkhū apasādenti—“Go away, <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍaka</i>. We don’t want you.” “nassa, paṇḍaka, vinassa, paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho”ti.

He went to the big and fat novices, So bhikkhūhi apasādito mahante mahante moḷigalle sāmaṇere upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeti—said the same thing, “etha, maṁ āvuso dūsethā”ti. Sāmaṇerā apasādenti—and got the same response. “nassa, paṇḍaka, vinassa, paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho”ti. He then went to the elephant keepers and the horse keepers So sāmaṇerehi apasādito hatthibhaṇḍe assabhaṇḍe upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeti—and once again said the same thing. “etha, maṁ āvuso dūsethā”ti. And they had sex with him. Hatthibhaṇḍā assabhaṇḍā dūsesuṁ.

They complained and criticized him, Te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“These Sakyan monastics are <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍakas</i>. “paṇḍakā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. And those who are not have sex with them. Yepi imesaṁ na paṇḍakā, tepi ime paṇḍake dūsenti. None of them is celibate.” Evaṁ ime sabbeva abrahmacārino”ti.

The monks heard their complaints Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ hatthibhaṇḍānaṁ assabhaṇḍānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ. and told the Buddha. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“A <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍaka</i> shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.” “Paṇḍako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti.

48. Fake monks 48. Theyyasaṁvāsakavatthu

At one time there was a gentleman who had been brought up in comfort, but whose entire family had died. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño sukhumālo hoti. He thought, Atha kho tassa purāṇakulaputtassa khīṇakolaññassa etadahosi—“I’ve been brought up in comfort and I’m incapable of making money. “ahaṁ kho sukhumālo, na paṭibalo anadhigataṁ vā bhogaṁ adhigantuṁ, adhigataṁ vā bhogaṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ. How can I live happily without exhausting myself?” Kena nu kho ahaṁ upāyena sukhañca jīveyyaṁ, na ca kilameyyan”ti? It occurred to him, Atha kho tassa purāṇakulaputtassa khīṇakolaññassa etadahosi—“These Sakyan monastics have pleasant habits and a happy life. They eat nice food and sleep in beds sheltered from the wind. “ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Why don’t I just get myself a bowl and robes, shave off my hair and beard, put on ocher robes, and then go to the monastery and live with the monks?” And he did just that. Yannūnāhaṁ sāmaṁ pattacīvaraṁ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ārāmaṁ gantvā bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ saṁvaseyyan”ti.

When he came to the monastery, he bowed down to the monks. Atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño sāmaṁ pattacīvaraṁ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ārāmaṁ gantvā bhikkhū abhivādeti. The monks asked him, Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—“How many rains do you have?” “kativassosi tvaṁ, āvuso”ti?

“What does ‘How many rains’ mean?” “Kiṁ etaṁ, āvuso, kativasso nāmā”ti?

“Who’s your preceptor?” “Ko pana te, āvuso, upajjhāyo”ti?

“What’s a preceptor?” “Kiṁ etaṁ, āvuso, upajjhāyo nāmā”ti?

The monks said to Venerable Upāli, Bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ upāliṁ etadavocuṁ—“Upāli, please examine this person.” “iṅghāvuso upāli, imaṁ pabbajitaṁ anuyuñjāhī”ti.

He then told Upāli what had happened. Atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjīyamāno etamatthaṁ ārocesi. Upāli told the monks, Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi. who in turn told the Buddha. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“A fake monk shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, they should be expelled. “Theyyasaṁvāsako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.

Anyone who has previously left to join the monastics of another religion shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, they should be expelled.” Titthiyapakkantako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti.

49. Animals 49. Tiracchānagatavatthu

At one time there was a dragon who was troubled, ashamed, and disgusted with his existence as a dragon. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro nāgo nāgayoniyā aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. He thought, Atha kho tassa nāgassa etadahosi—“How can I get released from this existence and quickly become human?” “kena nu kho ahaṁ upāyena nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṁ khippañca manussattaṁ paṭilabheyyan”ti. It occurred to him, Atha kho tassa nāgassa etadahosi—“These Sakyan monastics have integrity. They’re celibate and their conduct is good, and they’re truthful, moral, and have a good character. “ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. If I were to go forth with them, I would be released from this existence as a dragon and quickly become human.” Sace kho ahaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṁ, evāhaṁ nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṁ, khippañca manussattaṁ paṭilabheyyan”ti.

Then, taking on the appearance of a young brahmin, that dragon went to the monks and asked for the going forth. Atha kho so nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci. The monks gave him the going forth and the full ordination. Taṁ bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ, upasampādesuṁ.

Soon afterwards that dragon was sharing a remote dwelling with a certain monk. Tena kho pana samayena so nāgo aññatarena bhikkhunā saddhiṁ paccantime vihāre paṭivasati. After getting up early one morning, that monk did walking meditation outside. Atha kho so bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati. When the monk had left, the dragon relaxed and fell asleep. Atha kho so nāgo tassa bhikkhuno nikkhante vissaṭṭho niddaṁ okkami. As a result, the serpent filled the whole dwelling, its coils even protruding from the windows. Sabbo vihāro ahinā puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā honti. Just then that monk decided to go back inside. When he opened the door, he saw the serpent filling the whole dwelling. Terrified, he screamed. Atha kho so bhikkhu vihāraṁ pavisissāmīti kavāṭaṁ paṇāmento addasa sabbaṁ vihāraṁ ahinā puṇṇaṁ, vātapānehi bhoge nikkhante, disvāna bhīto vissaramakāsi. Monks came running to and asked him why he was screaming. Bhikkhū upadhāvitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavocuṁ—“kissa tvaṁ, āvuso, vissaramakāsī”ti? And he told them what had seen. “Ayaṁ, āvuso, sabbo vihāro ahinā puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā”ti.

The dragon woke up from the noise and sat down on his seat. Atha kho so nāgo tena saddena paṭibujjhitvā sake āsane nisīdi. The monks asked him Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—who he was. “kosi tvaṁ, āvuso”ti? He replied, “I’m a dragon.” “Ahaṁ, bhante, nāgo”ti.

“Why did you do this?” “Kissa pana tvaṁ, āvuso, evarūpaṁ akāsī”ti? The dragon told them what had happened, Atha kho so nāgo bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi. and they told the Buddha. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

He then had the Sangha of monks gathered and said to the dragon, Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṁ sannipātāpetvā taṁ nāgaṁ etadavoca—“Dragons are unable to make progress on this spiritual path. “tumhe khottha nāgā aviruḷhidhammā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye. Go, dragon, and keep the observance days of the fourteenth, the fifteenth, and the eighth of the lunar half-month. In this way you’ll be released from existence as a dragon and quickly become human.” Gaccha tvaṁ, nāga, tattheva cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa uposathaṁ upavasa, evaṁ tvaṁ nāgayoniyā ca parimuccissasi, khippañca manussattaṁ paṭilabhissasī”ti.

When he heard this, the dragon wept. Sad and miserable, he cried out in distress and left. Atha kho so nāgo aviruḷhidhammo kirāhaṁ imasmiṁ dhammavinayeti dukkhī dummano assūni pavattayamāno vissaraṁ katvā pakkāmi. And the Buddha addressed the monks: Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—

“There are two occasions when dragons appear in their own form: “dveme, bhikkhave, paccayā nāgassa sabhāvapātukammāya. when they have sexual intercourse with each other, and when they relax and fall asleep. Yadā ca sajātiyā methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevati, yadā ca vissaṭṭho niddaṁ okkamati—ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paccayā nāgassa sabhāvapātukammāya.

Monks, an animal shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, it should be expelled.” Tiracchānagato, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti.

50. Matricides 50. Mātughātakavatthu

At one time there was a young brahmin who had murdered his mother. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako mātaraṁ jīvitā voropesi. He was troubled, ashamed, and disgusted by what he had done, So tena pāpakena kammena aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. and he thought, Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi—“How can I escape from this terrible action?” “kena nu kho ahaṁ upāyena imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṁ kareyyan”ti? It occurred to him, Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi—“These Sakyan monastics have integrity. They’re celibate and their conduct is good, and they’re truthful, moral, and have a good character. “ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. If I were to go forth with them, I might be released from this bad deed.” Sace kho ahaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṁ, evāhaṁ imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṁ kareyyan”ti.

He then went to the monks and asked for the going forth. Atha kho so māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci. The monks said to Upāli, Bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ upāliṁ etadavocuṁ—“Previously a dragon appearing as a young brahmin asked for the going forth. “pubbepi kho, āvuso upāli, nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhūsu pabbajito. So, please examine this young brahmin, Upāli.” Iṅghāvuso upāli, imaṁ māṇavakaṁ anuyuñjāhī”ti.

The young brahmin told Upāli what had happened. Atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjīyamāno etamatthaṁ ārocesi. Upāli told the monks, Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi. who in turn told the Buddha. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…

“A matricide shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.” “mātughātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti.

51. Patricides 51. Pitughātakavatthu

At one time there was a young brahmin who had murdered his father. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako pitaraṁ jīvitā voropesi. He was troubled, ashamed, and disgusted by what he had done, So tena pāpakena kammena aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. and he thought, Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi—“How can I escape from this terrible action?” “kena nu kho ahaṁ upāyena imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṁ kareyyan”ti. It occurred to him, Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi—“These Sakyan monastics have integrity. They’re celibate and their conduct is good, and they’re truthful, moral, and have a good character. If I were to go forth with them, I might be released from this bad action.” “ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā, sace kho ahaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṁ, evāhaṁ imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṁ kareyyan”ti.

He then went to the monks and asked for the going forth. Atha kho so māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci. The monks said to Upāli, Bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ upāliṁ etadavocuṁ—“Previously a dragon appearing as a young brahmin asked for the going forth. “pubbepi kho, āvuso upāli, nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhūsu pabbajito. So, please examine this young brahmin, Upāli.” Iṅghāvuso, upāli, imaṁ māṇavakaṁ anuyuñjāhī”ti.

The young brahmin told Upāli what had happened. Atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjīyamāno etamatthaṁ ārocesi. Upāli told the monks, Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi. who in turn told the Buddha. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“A patricide shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.” “Pitughātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti.

52. Murderers of perfected ones 52. Arahantaghātakavatthu

On one occasion a number of monks were traveling from Sāketa to Sāvatthī. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū sāketā sāvatthiṁ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. While on their way, they were attacked by gangsters. Some of the monks were robbed and some were killed. Antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā ekacce bhikkhū acchindiṁsu, ekacce bhikkhū haniṁsu.

The king’s men came out from Sāvatthī. They caught some of the criminals, while others escaped. Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā ekacce core aggahesuṁ, ekacce corā palāyiṁsu. Those who escaped went forth with the monks, but those who were caught were taken away for execution. Ye te palāyiṁsu te bhikkhūsu pabbajiṁsu, ye te gahitā te vadhāya oniyyanti. Those who had gone forth saw the others being taken away for execution. They said, Addasaṁsu kho te palāyitvā pabbajitā te core vadhāya oniyyamāne, disvāna evamāhaṁsu—“It’s good that we escaped. Had we been caught, we would’ve been executed, too.” “sādhu kho mayaṁ palāyimhā, sacā ca mayaṁ gayheyyāma, mayampi evameva haññeyyāmā”ti.

The monks asked, Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—“But what have you done?” “kiṁ pana tumhe, āvuso, akatthā”ti? They told the monks what had happened, Atha kho te pabbajitā bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. and the monks told the Buddha. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“Those monks were perfected ones. “Arahanto ete, bhikkhave, bhikkhū.

A murderer of a perfected one shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.” Arahantaghātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti.

53. Rapists of nuns 53. Bhikkhunidūsakavatthu

On one occasion a number of nuns were traveling from Sāketa to Sāvatthī. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhuniyo sāketā sāvatthiṁ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. While on their way, they were attacked by gangsters. Some of the nuns were robbed and some were raped. Antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā ekaccā bhikkhuniyo acchindiṁsu, ekaccā bhikkhuniyo dūsesuṁ.

The king’s men came out from Sāvatthī. They caught some of the criminals, while others escaped. Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā ekacce core aggahesuṁ, ekacce corā palāyiṁsu. Those who escaped went forth with the monks, Ye te palāyiṁsu, te bhikkhūsu pabbajiṁsu. but those who were caught were taken away for execution. Ye te gahitā, te vadhāya oniyyanti. Those who had gone forth saw the others being taken away for execution. They said, Addasaṁsu kho te palāyitvā pabbajitā te core vadhāya oniyyamāne, disvāna evamāhaṁsu—“It’s good that we escaped. Had we been caught, we would’ve been executed, too.” “sādhu kho mayaṁ palāyimhā, sacā ca mayaṁ gayheyyāma, mayampi evameva haññeyyāmā”ti.

The monks asked, Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—“But what have you done?” “kiṁ pana tumhe, āvuso, akatthā”ti. They told the monks what had happened, and Atha kho te pabbajitā bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. the monks told the Buddha. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“One who has raped a nun shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled. “Bhikkhunidūsako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.

One who has caused a schism in the Sangha shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled. Saṅghabhedako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.

One who has caused the Buddha to bleed shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.” Lohituppādako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti.

54. Hermaphrodites 54. Ubhatobyañjanakavatthu

At one time a hermaphrodite had gone forth as a monk. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro ubhatobyañjanako bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. He had sex and made others have it. So karotipi kārāpetipi. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“A hermaphrodite shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.” “Ubhatobyañjanako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti.

55. Those without a preceptor, etc. 55. Anupajjhāyakādivatthu

On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone without a preceptor. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakaṁ upasampādenti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone without a preceptor. “Na, bhikkhave, anupajjhāyako upasampādetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone with the Sangha as preceptor. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū saṅghena upajjhāyena upasampādenti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the full ordination with the Sangha as preceptor. “Na, bhikkhave, saṅghena upajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone with a group as preceptor. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gaṇena upajjhāyena upasampādenti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the full ordination with a group as preceptor. “Na, bhikkhave, gaṇena upajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination with a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍaka</i> as preceptor … Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū paṇḍakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… with a fake monk as preceptor … theyyasaṁvāsakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… with one who has previously left to join the monastics of another religion as preceptor … titthiyapakkantakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… with an animal as preceptor … tiracchānagatupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… with a matricide as preceptor … mātughātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… with a patricide as preceptor … pitughātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… with a murderer of a perfected one as preceptor … arahantaghātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… with one who had raped a nun as preceptor … bhikkhunidūsakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… with one who had caused a schism in the Sangha as preceptor … saṅghabhedakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… with one who had caused the Buddha to bleed as preceptor … lohituppādakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… with a hermaphrodite as preceptor. They told the Buddha. ubhatobyañjanakupajjhāyena upasampādenti bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the full ordination with a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍaka</i> as preceptor, “Na, bhikkhave, paṇḍakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… with a fake monk as preceptor, na, bhikkhave, theyyasaṁvāsakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… with one who has previously left to join the monastics of another religion as preceptor, na, bhikkhave, titthiyapakkantakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… with an animal as preceptor, na, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… with a matricide as preceptor, na, bhikkhave, mātughātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… with a patricide as preceptor, na, bhikkhave, pitughātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… with a murderer of a perfected one as preceptor, na, bhikkhave, arahantaghātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… with one who has raped a nun as preceptor, na, bhikkhave, bhikkhunidūsakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… with one who has caused a schism in the Sangha as preceptor, na, bhikkhave, saṅghabhedakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… with one who has caused the Buddha to bleed as preceptor, na, bhikkhave, lohituppādakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… or with a hermaphrodite as preceptor. na, bhikkhave, ubhatobyañjanakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

56. Those without an almsbowl, etc. 56. Apattakādivatthu

On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone without an almsbowl. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū apattakaṁ upasampādenti. When walking for alms, he received it in his hands. Hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. People complained and criticized him, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“He’s just like the monastics of other religions.” “seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone without an almsbowl. “Na, bhikkhave, apattako upasampādetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone without robes. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū acīvarakaṁ upasampādenti. He walked naked for alms. Naggā piṇḍāya caranti. People complained and criticized him, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“He’s just like the monastics of other religions.” “seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone without robes. “Na, bhikkhave, acīvarako upasampādetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone with neither almsbowl nor robes. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū apattacīvarakaṁ upasampādenti. He walked naked for alms and received it in his hands. Naggā hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. People complained and criticized him, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“He’s just like the monastics of other religions.” “seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone with neither almsbowl nor robes. “Na, bhikkhave, apattacīvarako upasampādetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone with a borrowed almsbowl. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena pattena upasampādenti. When he had been ordained, they took back the bowl. Upasampanne pattaṁ paṭiharanti. Then, when walking for alms, he received it in his hands. Hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. People complained and criticized him, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“He’s just like the monastics of other religions.” “seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone with a borrowed almsbowl. “Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena pattena upasampādetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone with borrowed robes. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena cīvarena upasampādenti. When he had been ordained, they took back the robes. Upasampanne cīvaraṁ paṭiharanti. He then walked naked for alms. Naggā piṇḍāya caranti. People complained and criticized him, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“He’s just like the monastics of other religions.” “seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone with borrowed robes. “Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena cīvarena upasampādetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone with a borrowed almsbowl and borrowed robes. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena pattacīvarena upasampādenti. When he had been ordained, they took back the bowl and the robes. Upasampanne pattacīvaraṁ paṭiharanti. He then walked naked for alms and received it in his hands. Naggā hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. People complained and criticized him, Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—“He’s just like the monastics of other religions.” “seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone with a borrowed almsbowl and borrowed robes. “Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena pattacīvarena upasampādetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

The section consisting of twenty-one cases when the full ordination is not to be given is finished. Naupasampādetabbekavīsativāro niṭṭhito.

57. The section consisting of thirty-two cases when the going forth is not to be given 57. Napabbājetabbadvattiṁsavāra

On one occasion the monks gave the going forth to someone without a hand … Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū hatthacchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone without a foot … pādacchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone without a hand and foot … hatthapādacchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone without an ear … kaṇṇacchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone without a nose … nāsacchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone without an ear and nose … kaṇṇanāsacchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone without a finger or toe … aṅgulicchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe… aḷacchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone with a cut tendon … kaṇḍaracchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone with joined fingers … phaṇahatthakaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to a hunchback … khujjaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to a dwarf … vāmanaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone with goiter … galagaṇḍiṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone who had been branded … lakkhaṇāhataṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone who had been whipped … kasāhataṁ pabbājenti …pe… to a wanted criminal … likhitakaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone with elephantiasis … sīpadiṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone with a serious sickness … pāparogiṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone with abnormal appearance … parisadūsakaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone blind in one eye … kāṇaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone with a crooked limb … kuṇiṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone lame … khañjaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone paralyzed on one side … pakkhahataṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone crippled … chinniriyāpathaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone weak from old age … jarādubbalaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone blind … andhaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to a mute … mūgaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone deaf … badhiraṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone blind and mute … andhamūgaṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone blind and deaf … andhabadhiraṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone mute and deaf … mūgabadhiraṁ pabbājenti …pe… to someone blind, mute, and deaf. andhamūgabadhiraṁ pabbājenti. They told the Buddha. … Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…

“You shouldn’t give the going forth to someone without a hand, “na, bhikkhave, hatthacchinno pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone without a foot, na, bhikkhave, pādacchinno pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone without a hand and foot, na, bhikkhave, hatthapādacchinno pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone without an ear, na, bhikkhave, kaṇṇacchinno pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone without a nose, na, bhikkhave, nāsacchinno pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone without an ear and nose, na, bhikkhave, kaṇṇanāsacchinno pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone without a finger or toe, na, bhikkhave, aṅgulicchinno pabbājetabbo …pe… na, bhikkhave, aḷacchinno pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone with a cut tendon, na, bhikkhave, kaṇḍaracchinno pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone with joined fingers, na, bhikkhave, phaṇahatthako pabbājetabbo …pe… to a hunchback, na, bhikkhave, khujjo pabbājetabbo …pe… to a dwarf, na, bhikkhave, vāmano pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone with goiter, na, bhikkhave, galagaṇḍī pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone who has been branded, na, bhikkhave, lakkhaṇāhato pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone who has been whipped, na, bhikkhave, kasāhato pabbājetabbo …pe… to a wanted criminal, na, bhikkhave, likhitako pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone with elephantiasis, na, bhikkhave, sīpadī pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone with a serious sickness, na, bhikkhave, pāparogī pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone with abnormal appearance, na, bhikkhave, parisadūsako pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone blind in one eye, na, bhikkhave, kāṇo pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone with a crooked limb, na, bhikkhave, kuṇī pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone lame, na, bhikkhave, khañjo pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone paralyzed on one side, na, bhikkhave, pakkhahato pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone crippled, na, bhikkhave, chinniriyāpatho pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone weak from old age, na, bhikkhave, jarādubbalo pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone blind, na, bhikkhave, andho pabbājetabbo …pe… to a mute, na, bhikkhave, mūgo pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone deaf, na, bhikkhave, badhiro pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone blind and mute, na, bhikkhave, andhamūgo pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone blind and deaf, na, bhikkhave, andhabadhiro pabbājetabbo …pe… to someone mute and deaf, na, bhikkhave, mūgabadhiro pabbājetabbo …pe… or to someone blind, mute, and deaf. na, bhikkhave, andhamūgabadhiro pabbājetabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

The section consisting of thirty-two cases when the going forth is not to be given is finished. Napabbājetabbadvattiṁsavāro niṭṭhito.

The ninth section for recitation on inheritance is finished. Dāyajjabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito navamo.

58. Formal support for shameless monks 58. Alajjīnissayavatthu

At that time the monks from the group of six gave formal support to shameless monks. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū alajjīnaṁ nissayaṁ denti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t give formal support to shameless monks. “Na, bhikkhave, alajjīnaṁ nissayo dātabbo. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo dadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

At that time monks lived with formal support from shameless monks. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū alajjīnaṁ nissāya vasanti. Soon they too became shameless and bad. Tepi nacirasseva alajjino honti pāpakā. They told the Buddha. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You shouldn’t live with formal support from shameless monks. “Na, bhikkhave, alajjīnaṁ nissāya vatthabbaṁ. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” Yo vaseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

The monks thought, Atha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—“The Buddha has laid down a rule “bhagavatā paññattaṁ—that one should neither give formal support to shameless monks nor live with formal support from them. ‘na alajjīnaṁ nissayo dātabbo, na alajjīnaṁ nissāya vatthabban’ti. But how do we know who is shameless and who is not?” Kathaṁ nu kho mayaṁ jāneyyāma lajjiṁ vā alajjiṁ vā”ti? They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“I allow you to wait for four or five days to find out if he is keeping the same standard as the monks.” “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, catūhapañcāhaṁ āgametuṁ yāva bhikkhusabhāgataṁ jānāmī”ti.

59. Formal support for those who are traveling, etc. 59. Gamikādinissayavatthu

On one occasion a certain monk was traveling through the Kosalan country. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu janapade addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti. He thought, Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi—“The Buddha has laid down a rule “bhagavatā paññattaṁ—that a monk like me shouldn’t live without formal support. ‘na anissitena vatthabban’ti. But I’m traveling. So what should I do?” Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo addhānamaggappaṭipanno, kathaṁ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban”ti? They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“If you are traveling and unable to obtain formal support, I allow you to live without.” “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, addhānamaggappaṭipannena bhikkhunā nissayaṁ alabhamānena anissitena vatthun”ti.

On one occasion two monks were traveling through the country of Kosala, Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū kosalesu janapade addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. when they arrived at a certain monastery. Te aññataraṁ āvāsaṁ upagacchiṁsu. Just then one of them got sick. Tattha eko bhikkhu gilāno hoti. He thought, Atha kho tassa gilānassa bhikkhuno etadahosi—“The Buddha has laid down a rule “bhagavatā paññattaṁ—that a monk like me shouldn’t live without formal support. ‘na anissitena vatthabban’ti. But I’m sick. So what should I do?” Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo gilāno, kathaṁ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban”ti? They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“If you are sick and unable to obtain formal support, I allow you to live without.” “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā nissayaṁ alabhamānena anissitena vatthun”ti.

Then the monk who was nursing him thought, Atha kho tassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa bhikkhuno etadahosi—“The Buddha has laid down a rule “bhagavatā paññattaṁ—that a monk like me shouldn’t live without formal support. ‘na anissitena vatthabban’ti. But this monk is sick. So what should I do?” Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo, ayañca bhikkhu gilāno, kathaṁ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban”ti? They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“If you have been asked to nurse someone who is sick and you are unable to obtain formal support, I allow you to live without.” “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānupaṭṭhākena bhikkhunā nissayaṁ alabhamānena yāciyamānena anissitena vatthun”ti.

At one time there was a certain monk who was staying in the wilderness. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu araññe viharati. He was enjoying his dwelling. Tassa ca tasmiṁ senāsane phāsu hoti. He thought, Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi—“The Buddha has laid down a rule “bhagavatā paññattaṁ—that a monk like me shouldn’t live without formal support. ‘na anissitena vatthabban’ti. Yet I’m enjoying my dwelling in the wilderness. So what should I do?” Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo araññe viharāmi, mayhañca imasmiṁ senāsane phāsu hoti, kathaṁ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban”ti? They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“If you notice that you are enjoying your stay in the wilderness, but unable to obtain formal support, I allow you to live without. “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āraññikena bhikkhunā phāsuvihāraṁ sallakkhentena nissayaṁ alabhamānena anissitena vatthuṁ—When a suitable support-giver comes, you should live with formal support from him.” yadā patirūpo nissayadāyako āgacchissati, tadā tassa nissāya vasissāmī”ti.

60. The allowance to make proclamations using the family name 60. Gottenaanussāvanānujānana

At one time a certain person wanted the full ordination with Venerable Mahākassapa. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato mahākassapassa upasampadāpekkho hoti. Mahākassapa sent a message to Venerable Ānanda: Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmato ānandassa santike dūtaṁ pāhesi—“Please come, Ānanda, and do the proclamation.” “āgacchatu ānando imaṁ anussāvessatū”ti. Ānanda thought, Āyasmā ānando evamāha—“Because I respect the elder so much, I can’t say his name.” “nāhaṁ ussahāmi therassa nāmaṁ gahetuṁ, garu me thero”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“I allow you to do the proclamation also using the family name.” “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gottenapi anussāvetun”ti.

61. The two people seeking the full ordination, etc. 61. Dveupasampadāpekkhādivatthu

At one time there were two people who wanted the full ordination with Venerable Mahākassapa. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato mahākassapassa dve upasampadāpekkhā honti. They argued Te vivadanti—about who should be ordained first. “ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ upasampajjissāmi, ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ upasampajjissāmī”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“I allow you to give the full ordination to two people with a single proclamation.” “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dve ekānussāvane kātun”ti.

At one time there were a number of people who wanted the full ordination with several senior monks. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṁ therānaṁ upasampadāpekkhā honti. They argued with one another Te vivadanti—about who should be ordained first. “ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ upasampajjissāmi, ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ upasampajjissāmī”ti. The senior monks said, Therā evamāhaṁsu—“Well then, let’s ordain all of them with a single proclamation.” “handa mayaṁ, āvuso, sabbeva ekānussāvane karomā”ti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“I allow you to give the full ordination to two or three people with a single proclamation, but only with a single preceptor, not with many.” “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dve tayo ekānussāvane kātuṁ, tañca kho ekena upajjhāyena, na tveva nānupajjhāyenā”ti.

62. The allowance to be fully ordained when one is twenty years old since appearing in the womb 62. Gabbhavīsūpasampadānujānana

At that time Venerable Kumārakassapa had been given the full ordination twenty years after he appeared in the womb. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā kumārakassapo gabbhavīso upasampanno ahosi. He thought, Atha kho āyasmato kumārakassapassa etadahosi—“The Buddha has laid down a rule “bhagavatā paññattaṁ—that a person less than twenty years old shouldn’t be given the full ordination. ‘na ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo’ti. I was ordained twenty years after appearing in the womb. Ahañcamhi gabbhavīso upasampanno. I wonder, have I been ordained or not?” Upasampanno nu khomhi, nanu kho upasampanno”ti? They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“When the mind first appears in the mother’s womb, when the consciousness first manifests, that’s a person’s birth. Yaṁ, bhikkhave, mātukucchismiṁ paṭhamaṁ cittaṁ uppannaṁ, paṭhamaṁ viññāṇaṁ pātubhūtaṁ, tadupādāya sāvassa jāti. I allow you to give the full ordination to someone who is twenty years old since appearing in the womb.” “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gabbhavīsaṁ upasampādetun”ti.

63. The process of full ordination 63. Upasampadāvidhi

At that time the full ordination had been given to people who had leprosy, abscesses, mild leprosy, tuberculosis, and epilepsy. Tena kho pana samayena upasampannā dissanti kuṭṭhikāpi gaṇḍikāpi kilāsikāpi sosikāpi apamārikāpi. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“The one who is giving the full ordination should ask about thirteen obstacles. “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādentena terasa antarāyike dhamme pucchituṁ.

It should be done like this: Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pucchitabbo—‘Do you have any of these diseases: ‘santi te evarūpā ābādhā—leprosy, abscesses, mild leprosy, tuberculosis, or epilepsy? kuṭṭhaṁ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro? Are you human? Manussosi? Are you a man? Purisosi? Are you free from slavery? Bhujissosi? Are you free from debt? Aṇaṇosi? Are you employed by the king? Nasi rājabhaṭo? Do you have your parents’ permission? Anuññātosi mātāpitūhi? Are you twenty years old? Paripuṇṇavīsativassosi? Do you have a full set of bowl and robes? Paripuṇṇaṁ te pattacīvaraṁ? What’s your name? Kiṁnāmosi? What’s the name of your preceptor?’” Konāmo te upajjhāyo’”ti?

Soon afterwards they asked those seeking the full ordination about the obstacles without first instructing them. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ananusiṭṭhe upasampadāpekkhe antarāyike dhamme pucchanti. They were embarrassed, humiliated, and unable to respond. Upasampadāpekkhā vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṁ. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You should instruct first and then ask about the obstacles. “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṁ anusāsitvā pacchā antarāyike dhamme pucchitun”ti.

They instructed them right there in the midst of the Sangha. Tattheva saṅghamajjhe anusāsanti. Once more those seeking the full ordination were embarrassed, humiliated, and unable to respond. Upasampadāpekkhā tatheva vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṁ. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“You should instruct them at a distance and then ask about the obstacles in the midst of the Sangha. “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ekamantaṁ anusāsitvā saṅghamajjhe antarāyike dhamme pucchituṁ.

And it should be done like this. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, anusāsitabbo—First they should be told to choose a preceptor. Paṭhamaṁ upajjhaṁ gāhāpetabbo. Their bowls and robes should then be pointed out to them: Upajjhaṁ gāhāpetvā pattacīvaraṁ ācikkhitabbaṁ—‘This is your bowl, this your outer robe, this your upper robe, and this your sarong. ‘ayaṁ te patto, ayaṁ saṅghāṭi, ayaṁ uttarāsaṅgo, ayaṁ antaravāsako. Now please go and stand over there.’” Gaccha, amumhi okāse tiṭṭhāhī’”ti.

Then they were instructed by monks who were ignorant and incompetent. Bālā abyattā anusāsanti. And because they were badly instructed, they were once again embarrassed, humiliated, and unable to respond. Duranusiṭṭhā upasampadāpekkhā vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṁ. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“A monk who is ignorant and incompetent shouldn’t instruct. “Na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena anusāsitabbo. If he does, he commits an offense of wrong conduct. Yo anusāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. A monk who is competent and capable should instruct.” Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena anusāsitun”ti.

They instructed without having been appointed. Asammatā anusāsanti. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“A monk shouldn’t instruct if he hasn’t been appointed. “Na, bhikkhave, asammatena anusāsitabbo. If he does, he commits an offense of wrong conduct. Yo anusāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. I allow a monk to instruct if he’s been appointed to do so. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sammatena anusāsituṁ.

And it should be done like this. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbo—One is either appointed through oneself or through someone else. attanā vā attānaṁ sammannitabbaṁ, parena vā paro sammannitabbo. How is one appointed through oneself? Kathañca attanāva attānaṁ sammannitabbaṁ? A competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha: Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—

‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. So-and-so is seeking the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. If the Sangha is ready, I will instruct so-and-so.’ Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, ahaṁ itthannāmaṁ anusāseyyan’ti.

Evaṁ attanāva attānaṁ sammannitabbaṁ.

And how is one appointed through someone else? Kathañca pana parena paro sammannitabbo? A competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha: Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—

‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. So-and-so is seeking the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. If the Sangha is ready, so-and-so will instruct so-and-so.’ Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, itthannāmo itthannāmaṁ anusāseyyā’ti.

Evaṁ parena paro sammannitabbo.

The appointed monk should go to the one who is seeking the full ordination and say this: Tena sammatena bhikkhunā upasampadāpekkho upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo—

‘Listen, so-and-so. Now is the time for you to tell the truth. ‘suṇasi, itthannāma, ayaṁ te saccakālo bhūtakālo. You will be asked in the midst of the Sangha about various matters. If something is true, you should say, “Yes,” and if it’s not, you should say, “No.” Yaṁ jātaṁ taṁ saṅghamajjhe pucchante santaṁ atthīti vattabbaṁ, asantaṁ natthīti vattabbaṁ. Don’t be embarrassed or humiliated. Mā kho vitthāyi, mā kho maṅku ahosi. This is what they’ll ask you: Evaṁ taṁ pucchissanti—“Do you have any of these diseases: santi te evarūpā ābādhā—leprosy, abscesses, mild leprosy, tuberculosis, or epilepsy? kuṭṭhaṁ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro? Are you human? Manussosi? Are you a man? Purisosi? Are you free from slavery? Bhujissosi? Are you free from debt? Aṇaṇosi? Are you employed by the king? Nasi rājabhaṭo? Do you have your parents’ permission? Anuññātosi mātāpitūhi? Are you twenty years old? Paripuṇṇavīsativassosi? Do you have a full set of bowl and robes? Paripuṇṇaṁ te pattacīvaraṁ? What’s your name? Kiṁnāmosi? What’s the name of your preceptor?”’” Konāmo te upajjhāyo’”ti?

They then returned to the Sangha together. Ekato āgacchanti.

The Buddha said, “They shouldn’t return together. “Na, bhikkhave, ekato āgantabbaṁ. The instructor should come first and inform the Sangha: Anusāsakena paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā saṅgho ñāpetabbo—

‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. So-and-so is seeking the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. He’s been instructed by me. Anusiṭṭho so mayā. If the Sangha is ready, so-and-so should come.’ Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, itthannāmo āgaccheyyā’ti.

And he should be told to come. ‘Āgacchāhī’ti vattabbo. He should then arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, pay respect at the feet of the monks, squat on his heels, and raise his joined palms. He should then ask for the full ordination: Ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṁ paggaṇhāpetvā upasampadaṁ yācāpetabbo—

‘Venerables, I ask the Sangha for the full ordination. ‘saṅghaṁ, bhante, upasampadaṁ yācāmi. Please lift me up out of compassion. Ullumpatu maṁ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṁ upādāya. For the second time, venerables, I ask the Sangha for the full ordination. Dutiyampi, bhante, saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācāmi. Please lift me up out of compassion. Ullumpatu maṁ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṁ upādāya. For the third time, venerables, I ask the Sangha for the full ordination. Tatiyampi, bhante, saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācāmi. Please lift me up out of compassion.’ Ullumpatu maṁ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṁ upādāyā’ti. A competent and capable monk should then inform the Sangha: Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—

‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. So-and-so is seeking the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. If the Sangha is ready, I will ask so-and-so about the obstacles. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, ahaṁ itthannāmaṁ antarāyike dhamme puccheyyanti?

Listen, so-and-so. Now is the time for you to tell the truth. Suṇasi, itthannāma, ayaṁ te saccakālo bhūtakālo. I will ask you about various matters. Yaṁ jātaṁ taṁ pucchāmi. If something is true, you should say, “Yes,” and if it’s not, you should say, “No.” Santaṁ atthīti vattabbaṁ, asantaṁ natthīti vattabbaṁ. Do you have any of these diseases: Santi te evarūpā ābādhā—leprosy, abscesses, mild leprosy, tuberculosis, or epilepsy? kuṭṭhaṁ gaṇḍo kilāso soso apamāro? Are you human? Manussosi? Are you a man? Purisosi? Are you free from slavery? Bhujissosi? Are you free from debt? Aṇaṇosi? Are you employed by the king? Nasi rājabhaṭo? Do you have your parents’ permission? Anuññātosi mātāpitūhi? Are you twenty years old? Paripuṇṇavīsativassosi? Do you have a full set of bowl and robes? Paripuṇṇaṁ te pattacīvaraṁ? What’s your name? Kiṁnāmosi? What’s the name of your preceptor?’ Konāmo te upajjhāyo’ti?

A competent and capable monk should then inform the Sangha: Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—

‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. So-and-so is seeking the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. He is free from obstacles and his bowl and robes are complete. Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṁ. So-and-so is asking the Sangha for the full ordination with so-and-so as his preceptor. Itthannāmo saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. If the Sangha is ready, it should give the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. This is the motion. Esā ñatti.

Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. So-and-so is seeking the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. He is free from obstacles and his bowl and robes are complete. Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṁ. So-and-so is asking the Sangha for the full ordination with so-and-so as his preceptor. Itthannāmo saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up. yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

For the second time, I speak on this matter. Dutiyampi etamatthaṁ vadāmi—Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. So-and-so is seeking the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. He is free from obstacles and his bowl and robes are complete. Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṁ. So-and-so is asking the Sangha for the full ordination with so-and-so as his preceptor. Itthannāmo saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up. yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

For the third time, I speak on this matter. Tatiyampi etamatthaṁ vadāmi—Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. So-and-so is seeking the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. He is free from obstacles and his bowl and robes are complete. Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṁ. So-and-so is asking the Sangha for the full ordination with so-and-so as his preceptor. Itthannāmo saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up. yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

The Sangha has given the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. The Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I’ll remember it thus.’” Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’”ti.

The procedure of full ordination is finished. Upasampadākammaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

64. The four supports 64. Cattāronissaya

“Straightaway the time should be noted and the date should be pointed out. These should be declared jointly to everyone. And the four supports should be pointed out to him: “Tāvadeva chāyā metabbā, utuppamāṇaṁ ācikkhitabbaṁ, divasabhāgo ācikkhitabbo, saṅgīti ācikkhitabbā, cattāro nissayā ācikkhitabbā—

‘One gone forth is supported by almsfood. Piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṁ nissāya pabbajjā. You should persevere with this for life. Tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo. There are these additional allowances: Atirekalābho—a meal for the Sangha, a meal for designated monks, an invitational meal, a meal for which lots are drawn, a half-monthly meal, a meal on the observance day, and a meal on the day after the observance day. saṅghabhattaṁ, uddesabhattaṁ, nimantanaṁ, salākabhattaṁ, pakkhikaṁ, uposathikaṁ, pāṭipadikaṁ.

One gone forth is supported by rag-robes. Paṁsukūlacīvaraṁ nissāya pabbajjā. You should persevere with this for life. Tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo. There are these additional allowances: Atirekalābho—linen, cotton, silk, wool, sunn hemp, and hemp. khomaṁ, kappāsikaṁ, koseyyaṁ, kambalaṁ, sāṇaṁ, bhaṅgaṁ.

One gone forth is supported by the foot of a tree as a resting place. Rukkhamūlasenāsanaṁ nissāya pabbajjā. You should persevere with this for life. Tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo. There are these additional allowances: Atirekalābho—a dwelling, a stilt house, and a cave. vihāro, aḍḍhayogo, pāsādo, hammiyaṁ, guhā.

One gone forth is supported by medicine of fermented urine. Pūtimuttabhesajjaṁ nissāya pabbajjā. You should persevere with this for life. Tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo. There are these additional allowances: Atirekalābho—ghee, butter, oil, honey, and syrup.’” sappi, navanītaṁ, telaṁ, madhu, phāṇitan”ti.

The four supports are finished. Cattāro nissayā niṭṭhitā.

65. The four things not to be done 65. Cattāriakaraṇīya

On one occasion, the monks gave the full ordination to someone and then departed. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ upasampādetvā ekakaṁ ohāya pakkamiṁsu. The newly ordained monk lagged behind, walking by himself. On the way he met his old wife. So pacchā ekakova āgacchanto antarāmagge purāṇadutiyikāya samāgañchi. She said, Sā evamāha—“Have you now gone forth?” “kiṁ dāni pabbajitosī”ti?

“Yes.” “Āma pabbajitomhī”ti.

“It’s difficult for those gone forth to get sex. “Dullabho kho pabbajitānaṁ methuno dhammo; Come, let’s have intercourse.” ehi, methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevā”ti. He had intercourse with her. So tassā methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevitvā cirena agamāsi.

Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—When he caught up with the monks, they asked him what had taken him so long. “kissa tvaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ ciraṁ akāsī”ti? He told them what had happened, Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi. and they told the Buddha. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“When you have given the full ordination to someone, you should give him a companion and point out the four things not to be done: “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādetvā dutiyaṁ dātuṁ, cattāri ca akaraṇīyāni ācikkhituṁ—

A monk who’s fully ordained shouldn’t have sexual intercourse, not even with an animal. Upasampannena bhikkhunā methuno dhammo na paṭisevitabbo, antamaso tiracchānagatāyapi. If he has sexual intercourse, he’s not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic. Yo bhikkhu methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevati, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Just as a man with his head cut off is unable to continue living by reconnecting it to the body, Seyyathāpi nāma puriso sīsacchinno abhabbo tena sarīrabandhanena jīvituṁ; so too is a monk who has had sexual intercourse not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic. evameva bhikkhu methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. You shouldn’t do this for as long as you live. Taṁ te yāvajīvaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ.

A monk who’s fully ordained shouldn’t steal, not even a straw. Upasampannena bhikkhunā adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ na ādātabbaṁ, antamaso tiṇasalākaṁ upādāya. If he steals a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i> coin, the value of a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i>, or more than a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i>, he’s not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic. Yo bhikkhu pādaṁ vā pādārahaṁ vā atirekapādaṁ vā adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyati, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Just as a fallen, withered leaf is incapable of becoming green again, Seyyathāpi nāma paṇḍupalāso bandhanā pavutto abhabbo haritatthāya; so too is a monk who, intending to steal, takes an ungiven <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i> coin, the value of a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i>, or more than a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i> not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic. evameva bhikkhu pādaṁ vā pādārahaṁ vā atirekapādaṁ vā adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. You shouldn’t do this for as long as you live. Taṁ te yāvajīvaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ.

A monk who’s fully ordained shouldn’t intentionally kill a living being, not even a small insect. Upasampannena bhikkhunā sañcicca pāṇo jīvitā na voropetabbo, antamaso kunthakipillikaṁ upādāya. If he intentionally kills a human being, even causing an abortion, he’s not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic. Yo bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṁ jīvitā voropeti, antamaso gabbhapātanaṁ upādāya, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Just as an ordinary stone that has broken in half cannot be put back together again, Seyyathāpi nāma puthusilā dvedhā bhinnā appaṭisandhikā hoti; so too is a monk who has intentionally killed a human being not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic. evameva bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṁ jīvitā voropetvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. You shouldn’t do this for as long as you live. Taṁ te yāvajīvaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ.

A monk who’s fully ordained shouldn’t claim a superhuman quality, not even just saying, ‘I delight in solitude.’ Upasampannena bhikkhunā uttarimanussadhammo na ullapitabbo, antamaso ‘suññāgāre abhiramāmī’ti. If, because he has bad desires and is overcome by desire, he claims to have a non-existent superhuman quality—whether absorption, release, stillness, attainment, path, or fruit—he’s not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic. Yo bhikkhu pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṁ abhūtaṁ uttarimanussadhammaṁ ullapati jhānaṁ vā vimokkhaṁ vā samādhiṁ vā samāpattiṁ vā maggaṁ vā phalaṁ vā, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Just as a palm tree with its crown cut off is incapable of further growth, Seyyathāpi nāma tālo matthakacchinno abhabbo puna viruḷhiyā; so too is a monk with bad desires, overcome by desire, who claims to have non-existent superhuman quality not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic. evameva bhikkhu pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṁ abhūtaṁ uttarimanussadhammaṁ ullapitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. You shouldn’t do this for as long as you live.” Taṁ te yāvajīvaṁ akaraṇīyan”ti.

The four things not to be done are finished. Cattāri akaraṇīyāni niṭṭhitāni.

66. The one ejected for not recognizing an offense 66. Āpattiyāadassaneukkhittakavatthu

At one time a certain monk disrobed after being ejected for not recognizing an offense. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako vibbhami. He then returned and asked the monks for the full ordination. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṁ yāci. They told the Buddha. Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

“When a monk disrobes after being ejected for not recognizing an offense, “Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako vibbhamati. but then returns and asks the monks for the full ordination, So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṁ yācati. he should be asked, So evamassa vacanīyo—‘Will you recognize that offense?’ ‘passissasi taṁ āpattin’ti? If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be given the going forth. Sacāhaṁ passissāmīti, pabbājetabbo. If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not. Sacāhaṁ na passissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo.

When he’s been given the going forth, he should be asked again, Pabbājetvā vattabbo—‘Will you recognize that offense?’ ‘passissasi taṁ āpattin’ti? If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be given the full ordination. Sacāhaṁ passissāmīti, upasampādetabbo. If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not. Sacāhaṁ na passissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo.

When he’s been given the full ordination, he should be asked again, Upasampādetvā vattabbo—‘Will you recognize that offense?’ ‘passissasi taṁ āpattin’ti? If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be readmitted. Sacāhaṁ passissāmīti, osāretabbo. If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not. Sacāhaṁ na passissāmīti, na osāretabbo.

When he’s been readmitted, he should be asked again, Osāretvā vattabbo—‘Do you recognize that offense?’ ‘passasi taṁ āpattin’ti? If he recognizes it, it’s good. Sace passati, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ. If he doesn’t recognize it and you’re unanimous, he should be ejected once more. No ce passati, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo. If you’re not unanimous, there’s no offense in living with him or in doing formal meetings of the community together. Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṁvāse.


“When a monk disrobes after being ejected for not making amends for an offense, Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittako vibbhamati. but then returns and asks the monks for the full ordination, So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṁ yācati. he should be asked, So evamassa vacanīyo—‘Will you make amends for that offense?’ ‘paṭikarissasi taṁ āpattin’ti? If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be given the going forth. Sacāhaṁ paṭikarissāmīti, pabbājetabbo. If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not. Sacāhaṁ na paṭikarissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo.

When he’s been given the going forth, he should be asked again, Pabbājetvā vattabbo—‘Will you make amends for that offense?’ ‘paṭikarissasi taṁ āpattin’ti? If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be given the full ordination. Sacāhaṁ paṭikarissāmīti, upasampādetabbo. If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not. Sacāhaṁ na paṭikarissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo.

When he’s been given the full ordination, he should be asked again, Upasampādetvā vattabbo—‘Will you make amends for that offense?’ ‘paṭikarissasi taṁ āpattin’ti? If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be readmitted. Sacāhaṁ paṭikarissāmīti, osāretabbo. If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not. Sacāhaṁ na paṭikarissāmīti, na osāretabbo.

When he’s been readmitted, he should be told, Osāretvā vattabbo—‘Make amends for that offense.’ ‘paṭikarohi taṁ āpattin’ti. If he does, it’s good. Sace paṭikaroti, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ. If he doesn’t and you’re unanimous, he should be ejected once more. No ce paṭikaroti labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo. If you’re not unanimous, there’s no offense in living with him or in doing formal meetings of the community together. Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṁvāse.


“When a monk disrobes after being ejected for not giving up a bad view, Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako vibbhamati. but then returns and asks the monks for the full ordination, So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṁ yācati. he should be asked, So evamassa vacanīyo—‘Will you give up that bad view?’ ‘paṭinissajjissasi taṁ pāpikaṁ diṭṭhin’ti? If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be given the going forth. Sacāhaṁ paṭinissajjissāmīti, pabbājetabbo. If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not. Sacāhaṁ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo.

When he’s been given the going forth, he should be asked again, Pabbājetvā vattabbo—‘Will you give up that bad view?’ ‘paṭinissajjissasi taṁ pāpikaṁ diṭṭhin’ti? If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be given the full ordination. Sacāhaṁ paṭinissajjissāmīti, upasampādetabbo. If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not. Sacāhaṁ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo.

When he’s been given the full ordination, he should be asked again, Upasampādetvā vattabbo—‘Will you give up that bad view?’ ‘paṭinissajjissasi taṁ pāpikaṁ diṭṭhin’ti? If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be readmitted. Sacāhaṁ paṭinissajjissāmīti, osāretabbo. If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not. Sacāhaṁ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na osāretabbo.

When he’s been readmitted, he should be told, Osāretvā vattabbo—‘Give up that bad view.’ ‘paṭinissajjehi taṁ pāpikaṁ diṭṭhin’ti. If he does, it’s good. Sace paṭinissajjati, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ. If he doesn’t and you’re unanimous, he should be ejected once more. No ce paṭinissajjati, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo. If you’re not unanimous, there’s no offense in living with him or in doing formal meetings of the community together.” Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṁvāse”ti.

The great chapter, the first, is finished. Mahākhandhako paṭhamo.

This is the summary: Tassuddānaṁ

“In the great Monastic Law, Vinayamhi mahatthesu, Which brings happiness to those who are good, pesalānaṁ sukhāvahe; Restrains those who have bad desires, Niggahānañca pāpicche, And helps those with a sense of conscience; lajjīnaṁ paggahesu ca.

And which is for the upkeep of Buddhism, Sāsanādhāraṇe ceva, In the sphere of the Omniscient Victor, sabbaññujinagocare; Not within range of anyone else; Anaññavisaye kheme, Which is safe, carefully laid down, without doubt—supaññatte asaṁsaye.

That is, the Chapters and the Monastic Law, Khandhake vinaye ceva, The Compendium and the Key Terms—parivāre ca mātike; In this the skillful who does what’s beneficial, Yathātthakārī kusalo, Practices wisely. paṭipajjati yoniso.

One who doesn’t understand cattle, Yo gavaṁ na vijānāti, Doesn’t guard the herd; na so rakkhati gogaṇaṁ; In the same way, not understanding virtue, Evaṁ sīlaṁ ajānanto, How would one guard restraint? kiṁ so rakkheyya saṁvaraṁ.

When the discourses are forgotten, Pamuṭṭhamhi ca suttante, And the same for philosophy, abhidhamme ca tāvade; But the Monastic Law isn’t lost, Vinaye avinaṭṭhamhi, Then Buddhism still remains. puna tiṭṭhati sāsanaṁ.

Therefore, for the purpose of making a collection, Tasmā saṅgāhaṇāhetuṁ, I’ll expound the summary, successively, uddānaṁ anupubbaso; According to the right method. Pavakkhāmi yathāñāyaṁ, Listen to me speak: suṇātha mama bhāsato.

Topic, origin story, offense, Vatthu nidānaṁ āpatti, Method, and repetition. nayā peyyālameva ca; It’s hard to complete without remainder—Dukkaraṁ taṁ asesetuṁ, You should know it from the method.” nayato taṁ vijānathāti.

“Bodhi tree, and ape-flower tree, Bodhi rājāyatanañca, The goatherd’s tree, Sahamapati ajapālo sahampati; The supreme being, Ālāra, Udaka, Brahmā āḷāro udako, And monk, the sage Upaka. bhikkhu ca upako isi.

Koṇḍañña, Vappa, Bhaddiya, Koṇḍañño vappo bhaddiyo, And Mahānāma, Assaji; mahānāmo ca assaji; Yasa, four, fifty, Yaso cattāro paññāsa, He sent all to the districts. sabbe pesesi so disā.

Topic, with the lords of death, and thirty, Vatthu mārehi tiṁsā ca, Uruvelā, three dreadlocked ascetics; uruvelaṁ tayo jaṭī; Fire hut, great kings, Agyāgāraṁ mahārājā, Sakka, and the supreme being, the whole. sakko brahmā ca kevalā.

Rag, pond, Paṁsukūlaṁ pokkharaṇī, And boulder, arjun tree, boulder; silā ca kakudho silā; Rose-apple tree, and mango tree, emblic myrobalan tree, Jambu ambo ca āmalo, And he brought an orchid tree flower. pāripupphañca āhari.

May they split, may they be lit, Phāliyantu ujjalantu, And may they be extinguished, Kassapa; vijjhāyantu ca kassapa; They immersed themselves, coal pans, cloud, Nimujjanti mukhī megho, Gayā, and Cane, of Magadha. gayā laṭṭhi ca māgadho.

Upatissa and Kolita, Upatisso kolito ca, And the well-known went forth; abhiññātā ca pabbajuṁ; Shabbily dressed, dismissal, Dunnivatthā paṇāmanā, The thin and haggard brahmin. kiso lūkho ca brāhmaṇo.

He misbehaved, Anācāraṁ ācarati, Stomach, young brahmin, group; udaraṁ māṇavo gaṇo; Seniority, by those who are ignorant, went away, Vassaṁ bālehi pakkanto, Ten years of formal support. dasa vassāni nissayo.

They did not conduct themselves, to dismiss, Na vattanti paṇāmetuṁ, The ignorant, ending, five, six; bālā passaddhi pañca cha; He who was from another religion, and naked, Yo so añño ca naggo ca, Uncut, dreadlocked ascetic, and Sakyan. acchinnajaṭilasākiyo.

The five diseases in Magadha, Magadhesu pañcābādhā, And one king, finger; eko rājā ca aṅguli; And (the king) of Magadha declared, Māgadho ca anuññāsi, Prison, wanted, whipped. kārā likhi kasāhato.

Branded, debt, and slave, Lakkhaṇā iṇā dāso ca, Shaven, Upāli, deadly disease; bhaṇḍuko upāli ahi; Family with faith, and Kaṇṭaka, Saddhaṁ kulaṁ kaṇṭako ca, And the obscure. āhundarikameva ca.

To live, the boy, the training, Vatthumhi dārako sikkhā, And they were, which; viharanti ca kiṁ nu kho; The whole, the mouth, the preceptors, Sabbaṁ mukhaṁ upajjhāye, Luring away, Kaṇṭaka. apalāḷana kaṇṭako.

<i lang='pi' translate='no'>Paṇḍakas</i>, theft, and left, Paṇḍako theyyapakkanto, And serpent, about mother, father; ahi ca mātarī pitā; Perfected one, nun, and schism, Arahantabhikkhunībhedā, And with blood, hermaphrodite. ruhirena ca byañjanaṁ.

Without preceptor, and with the Sangha, Anupajjhāyasaṅghena, Group, <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍaka</i>, and one without almsbowl; gaṇapaṇḍakapattako; Without robe, both of them, Acīvaraṁ tadubhayaṁ, Also the same three with borrowed. yācitenapi ye tayo.

Hand, foot, hand and foot, Hatthā pādā hatthapādā, Ear, nose, both of them; kaṇṇā nāsā tadūbhayaṁ; Finger, toe, and tendon, Aṅguliaḷakaṇḍaraṁ, Joined, and hunchback, dwarf. phaṇaṁ khujjañca vāmanaṁ.

Goiter, and branded, Galagaṇḍī lakkhaṇā ceva, Whipped, wanted, and elephantiasis; kasā likhitasīpadī; Serious, and abnormal appearance, Pāpaparisadūsī ca, Blind in one eye, and so crooked limb. kāṇaṁ kuṇi tatheva ca.

Lame, and paralyzed on one side, Khañjaṁ pakkhahatañceva, Who is crippled; sacchinnairiyāpathaṁ; Old age, blind, mute, and deaf, Jarāndhamūgabadhiraṁ, And in regard to the blind and mute. andhamūgañca yaṁ tahiṁ.

What is called blind and deaf, Andhabadhiraṁ yaṁ vuttaṁ, And mute and deaf; mūgabadhirameva ca; And blind, mute, and deaf, Andhamūgabadhirañca, And formal support for the shameless. alajjīnañca nissayaṁ.

And should live, so traveling, Vatthabbañca tathāddhānaṁ, By one who is asked, notice; yācamānena lakkhaṇā; Please come, they argued, Āgacchatu vivadanti, With one preceptor, Kassapa. ekupajjhāyena kassapo.

And ordained people were seen Dissanti upasampannā, Oppressed by sicknesses; ābādhehi ca pīḷitā; The uninstructed were embarrassed, Ananusiṭṭhā vitthenti, Instructing just there. tattheva anusāsanā.

And so in the Sangha, then the ignorant, Saṅghepi ca atho bālā, And not appointed, together; asammatā ca ekato; Please lift up, full ordination, Ullumpatupasampadā, Support, by himself, three.” nissayo ekako tayoti.

In this chapter there are one hundred and seventy-two topics. Imamhi khandhake vatthūni ekasatañca dvāsattati.

The great chapter is finished. Mahākhandhako niṭṭhito.